Mercurial > vim
annotate runtime/doc/todo.txt @ 2420:6de9efd58dc0 vim73
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Tue, 27 Jul 2010 22:50:36 +0200 |
parents | acfb7eddf13c |
children | 71899235e72d |
rev | line source |
---|---|
2420
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
1 *todo.txt* For Vim version 7.3c. Last change: 2010 Jul 27 |
7 | 2 |
3 | |
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar | |
5 | |
6 | |
7 TODO list for Vim *todo* | |
8 | |
9 This is a veeeery long list of known bugs, current work and desired | |
10 improvements. To make it a little bit accessible, the items are grouped by | |
11 subject. In the first column of the line a classification is used to be able | |
12 to look for "the next thing to do": | |
13 | |
14 Priority classification: | |
15 9 next point release | |
16 8 next release | |
17 7 as soon as possible | |
18 6 soon | |
19 5 should be included | |
20 4 nice to have | |
21 3 consider including | |
22 2 maybe not | |
23 1 probably not | |
24 - unclassified | |
25 | |
26 *votes-for-changes* | |
27 See |develop.txt| for development plans. You can vote for which items should | |
28 be worked on, but only if you sponsor Vim development. See |sponsor|. | |
29 | |
30 *known-bugs* | |
31 -------------------- Known bugs and current work ----------------------- | |
32 | |
2420
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
33 Problem with concealends in v50 of tex.vim? (Charles Campbell, 2010 Jul 26) |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
34 Fixed by patch from Vince? |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
35 |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
36 Conceal problem: CTRL-L draws differently than individual line. (Benjamin |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
37 Fritz, 2010 Jul 27) |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
38 |
2414
5bd81e397907
Fix: terminal title not properly restured when there are multi-byte
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2413
diff
changeset
|
39 Access to free memory with :redir command. (Dominique Pelle, 2010 Jul 25) |
2420
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
40 Easier way to reproduce in later message. (2010 Jul 26) |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
41 call get_lval() again in var_redir_stop(). |
2413 | 42 |
2417 | 43 Patch for VMS. Zoltan Arpadffy, 2010 Jul 26. |
44 | |
2420
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
45 Patch for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy, 2010 Jul 27, and leak fix) |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
46 |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
47 Windows 7: "Open with..." menu starts Vim without a file. |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
48 |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
49 Windows 7: installing Vim again doesn't find the previously installed Vim. |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
50 |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
51 ftplugin/mupad.vim should not source AppendMatchGroup.vim, it should use an |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
52 autoload function. |
6de9efd58dc0
Updated runtime files. New netrw plugin version.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2417
diff
changeset
|
53 Same for indent/GenericIndent.vim |
2412
ca3f40b0d95e
Prepare for 7.3b release. Fix src/Makefile enabling python3 by default.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2411
diff
changeset
|
54 |
ca3f40b0d95e
Prepare for 7.3b release. Fix src/Makefile enabling python3 by default.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2411
diff
changeset
|
55 Move more common code from if_python.c and if_python3.c to if_py_both.h |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2401
diff
changeset
|
56 |
2417 | 57 Add filetype completion to user commands. (Christian Brabandt, 2010 Jul 26) |
58 But call it "filetype" instead of "syntax". | |
59 | |
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
60 Before release 7.3: |
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
61 - Rename vim73 branch to default (hints: Xavier de Gaye, 2010 May 23) |
2366
7a57fe6a5157
Fix that :py3file was not working.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2365
diff
changeset
|
62 |
2152 | 63 Cursor positioning wrong with 0x200e character. (John Becket, 2010 May 6) |
64 | |
2287
573da4dac306
Make the dos installer work with more compilers.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2286
diff
changeset
|
65 Test 69 breaks on MS-Windows, both 32 and 64 builds. (George Reilly, 2010 Feb |
573da4dac306
Make the dos installer work with more compilers.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2286
diff
changeset
|
66 26) |
573da4dac306
Make the dos installer work with more compilers.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2286
diff
changeset
|
67 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
68 Bug: searching for tags file uses 'suffixesadd', should not happen. (Dominique |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
69 Pelle, 2010 June 28) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
70 |
2152 | 71 When directory "/tmp/tags" contains "tags1" and "tags2", setting 'tags' to |
72 "/tmp/tags/*" doesn't pick up these files. (Simon Ruggier, 2010 Mar 17) | |
73 | |
74 ":command Print echo 'print'" works, but ":Print" doesn't. Builtin Print | |
75 should be overruled. (Aaron Thoma) | |
76 | |
77 Editing a file with a ^M with 'ff' set to "mac", opening a help file, then the | |
78 ^M is displayed as ^J sometimes. Getting 'ff' value from wrong window/buffer? | |
79 | |
80 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present. It has a BOM. | |
81 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2) | |
82 | |
83 'cindent' not correct when 'list' is set. (Zdravi Korusef, 2010 Apr 15) | |
84 | |
85 ":helpgrep" does not put the cursor in the correct column when preceded by | |
86 accented character. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 Apr 15) | |
87 | |
88 Better Czech keymap. (Stepnem, 2010 May 4) Use if no response from Jiri | |
89 Tobisek. | |
90 | |
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
91 ":drop" does not respect 'autochdir'. (Peter Odding, 2010 Jul 24) |
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
92 |
2152 | 93 Use Dutch spell files from: |
94 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/project/dict-nl | |
95 Looks like this is newer than the new wordlist for Dutch: | |
96 http://www.opentaal.org/bestanden/1_10/nl_NL-Pack | |
2120
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
97 |
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
98 Problem with cursor in the wrong column. (SungHyun Nam, 2010 Mar 11) |
2152 | 99 Additional info by Dominique Pelle. (also on 2010 Apr 10) |
100 | |
101 "make install" installs some of the .info files on Unix. | |
102 (James Vega, 2010 Mar 30) | |
103 | |
104 Is ~/bin (literally) in $PATH supposed to work? (Paul, 2010 March 29) | |
105 Looks like only bash can do it. (Yakov Lerner) | |
106 | |
107 8 Add an event like CursorHold that is triggered repeatedly, not just once | |
108 after typing something. | |
109 Need for CursorHold that retriggers. Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a | |
110 function that resets did_cursorhold. | |
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
111 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
112 Cscope "cs add" stopped working somewhat before 7.2.438. (Gary Johnson, 2010 |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
113 Jun 29) Caused by 7.2.433? |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
114 |
2098
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
115 I often see pasted text (from Firefox, to Vim in xterm) appear twice. |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
116 Also, Vim in xterm sometimes loses copy/paste ability (probably after running |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
117 an external command). |
3259c3923c1e
Updated runtime an documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2072
diff
changeset
|
118 |
2355
84c7eeeb09e2
Fix typos in documentation. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
119 Win32: The "4913" file is sometimes not deleted. Perhaps another program has |
84c7eeeb09e2
Fix typos in documentation. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
120 opened it? Use FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE? (Craig Barkhouse, 2009 Nov 6) |
84c7eeeb09e2
Fix typos in documentation. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
121 |
2152 | 122 Jumplist doesn't work properly in Insert mode? (Jean Johner, 2010 Mar 20) |
123 | |
2120
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
124 Problem with transparent cmdline. Also: Terminal title is wrong with |
f63ace015c63
Updated runtime and language files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2098
diff
changeset
|
125 non-ASCII character. (Lily White, 2010 Mar 7) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
126 |
2341 | 127 Patch for horizontal mouse wheel. (Bjorn Winckler, 2010 Jul 18) |
128 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
129 iconv() doesn't fail on an illegal character, as documented. (Yongwei Wu, 2009 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
130 Nov 15, example Nov 26) Add argument to specify whether iconv() should fail |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
131 or replace with a character and continue? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
132 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
133 Add local time at start of --startuptime output. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
134 Requires configure check for localtime(). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
135 Use format year-month-day hr:min:sec. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
136 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
137 Shell not recognized properly if it ends in "csh -f". (James Vega, 2009 Nov 3) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
138 Find tail? Might have a / in argument. Find space? Might have space in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
139 path. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
140 |
2152 | 141 ":function f(x) keepjumps" creates a function where every command is executed |
142 like it has ":keepjumps" before it. | |
143 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
144 Coverity: ask someone to create new user: Dominique. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
145 look into reported defects: http://scan.coverity.com/rung2.html |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
146 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
147 Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
148 Only with "vim -u NONE". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
149 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
150 Problem with editing file in binary mode. (Ingo Krabbe, 2009 Oct 8) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
151 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
152 Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
153 |
2152 | 154 Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert |
155 mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg) | |
156 Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text? Or save more lines? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
157 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
158 Change to C syntax folding to make it work much faster, but a bit less |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
159 reliable. (Lech Lorens, 2009 Nov 9) Enable with an option? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
160 Most time is spent in in_id_list(). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
161 |
2225 | 162 Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting. Script to reproduce |
163 it. Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274. | |
164 (Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27) | |
165 | |
2262 | 166 When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded. |
167 Disable updating folds while completion is active? (Peter Odding, 2010 Jun 9) | |
168 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
169 In command line window ":close" doesn't work properly. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
170 Jun 1) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
171 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
172 When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
173 not a string. (Sean Ma) Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
174 string value. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
175 |
2152 | 176 There is no command line completion for ":lmap". |
177 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
178 Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
179 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
180 For running gvim on an USB stick: avoid the OLE registration. Use a command |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
181 line argument -noregister. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
182 |
2152 | 183 When a mapping exists both for insert mode and lang-insert mode, the last one |
184 doesn't work. (Tyru, 2010 May 6) Or is this intended? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
185 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
186 Still a problem with ":make" in the wrong directory. Caused by ":bufdo". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
187 (Ajit Thakkar, 2009 Jul 1) More information Jul 9, Jul 15. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
188 Caused by "doautoall syntaxset BufEnter *" in syntax/nosyntax.vim ? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
189 There also is a BufLeave/BufEnter aucmd to save/restore view. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
190 Does the patch to save/restore globaldir work? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
191 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
192 ":bufdo normal gg" while 'hidden' is set leaves buffers without syntax |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
193 highlighting. Don't disable Syntax autocommands then? Or add a flag/modifier |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
194 to avoid changing 'eventignore'? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
195 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
196 Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
197 Probably needs a bit of work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
198 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
199 List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiware, 2009 Jul 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
200 Are they all OK? Update Jul 22. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
201 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
202 Win32: Expanding 'path' runs into a maximum size limit. (bgold12, 2009 Nov 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
203 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
204 Setting 'tags' to "tagsdir/*" does not find "tagsdir/tags". (Steven K. Wong, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
205 2009 Jul 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
206 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
207 Patch to add farsi handling to arabic.c (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 2) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
208 Added test, updates, June 23. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
209 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
210 Patch to add "focusonly" to 'scrollopt', so that scrollbind also applies in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
211 window that doesn't have focus. (Jonathon Mah, 2009 Jan 12) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
212 Needs more work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
213 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
214 Problem with <script> mappings (Andy Wokula, 2009 Mar 8) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
215 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
216 When starting Vim with "gvim -f -u non_existent_file > foo.txt" there are a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
217 few control characters in the output. (Dale Wiles, 2009 May 28) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
218 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
219 'cmdwinheight is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
220 (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Apr 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
221 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
222 Status line containing winnr() isn't updated when splitting the window (Clark |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
223 J. Wang, 2009 Mar 31) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
224 |
2152 | 225 When $VIMRUNTIME is set in .vimrc, need to reload lang files. Already done |
226 for GTK, how about others? (Ron Aaron, 2010 Apr 10) | |
227 | |
228 Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields. | |
229 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
230 When 'ft' changes redraw custom status line. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
231 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
232 ":tab split fname" doesn't set the alternate file in the original window, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
233 because win_valid() always returns FALSE. Below win_new_tabpage() in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
234 ex_docmd.c. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
235 |
2152 | 236 Space before comma in function definition not allowed: "function x(a , b)" |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
237 Give a more appropriate error message. Add a remark to the docs. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
238 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
239 string_convert() should be able to convert between utf-8 and utf-16le. Used |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
240 for GTK clipboard. Avoid requirement for iconv. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
241 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
242 Now that colnr_T is int instead of unsigned, more type casts can be removed. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
243 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
244 'delcombine' does not work for the command line. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jul |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
245 20) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
246 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
247 Unwanted file name escaping: ":echo input('file:' , '', 'file')" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
248 And use file name completion on a file with spaces. (Frederic Hardy, 2009 Mar |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
249 23) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
250 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
251 Don't load macmap.vim on startup, turn it into a plugin. (Ron Aaron, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
252 2009 Apr 7) Reminder Apr 14. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
253 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
254 Add "no_hlsearch" to winsaveview(). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
255 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
256 Cursorline highlighting combines with Search ('hlsearch') but not with |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
257 SpellBad. (Jim Karsten, 2009 Mar 18) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
258 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
259 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", using >> on a line just above a fold makes the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
260 cursor line folded. (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
261 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
262 When 'foldmethod' is "indent", adding an empty line below a fold and then |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
263 indented text, creates a new fold instead of joining it with the previous one. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
264 (Evan Laforge, 2009 Oct 17) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
265 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
266 Bug: When reloading a buffer changed outside of Vim, BufRead autocommands |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
267 are applied to the wrong buffer/window. (Ben Fritz, 2009 Apr 2, May 11) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
268 Ignore window options when not in the right window? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
269 Perhaps we need to use a hidden window for applying autocommands to a buffer |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
270 that doesn't have a window. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
271 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
272 When using "ab foo bar" and mapping <Tab> to <Esc>, pressing <Tab> after foo |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
273 doesn't trigger the abbreviation like <Esc> would. (Ramana Kumar, 2009 Sep 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
274 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
275 getbufvar() to get a window-local option value for a buffer that's not |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
276 displayed in a window should return the value that's stored for that buffer. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
277 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
278 ":he ctrl_u" can be auto-corrected to ":he ctrl-u". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
279 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
280 There should be a way after an abbreviation has expanded to go back to what |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
281 was typed. CTRL-G h ? Would also undo last word or line break inserted |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
282 perhaps. And undo CTRL-W. CTRL-G l would redo. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
283 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
284 Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
285 work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
286 Kondakoff, 2009 May 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
287 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
288 Win32 GUI: Changing manifest helps for dpi changes (Joe Castro, 2009 Mar 27) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
289 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
290 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
291 command. (Cyril Slobin, 2009 Mar 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
292 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
293 Win32: use different args for SearchPath()? (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2009 Jan 30) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
294 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
295 Win32: completion of file name ":e c:\!test" results in ":e c:\\!test", which |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
296 does not work. (Nieko Maatjes, 2009 Jan 8, Ingo Karkat, 2009 Jan 22) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
297 |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2373
diff
changeset
|
298 opening/closing window causes other window with 'winfixheight' to change |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2373
diff
changeset
|
299 height. Also happens when there is another window in the frame, if it's not |
2391
f1d95a986dfb
Document extra argument for Python append().
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2389
diff
changeset
|
300 very high. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2010 Jul 22, Michael Peeters, 2010 Jul 22) |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2373
diff
changeset
|
301 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
302 Directory wrong in session file, caused by ":lcd" in BufEnter autocommand. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
303 (Felix Kater, 2009 Mar 3) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
304 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
305 maparg() doesn't return the flags, such as <buffer>, <script>, <silent>. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
306 These are needed to save and restore a mapping. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
307 Also: the rhs string is not always correct. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2009 Sept 29) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
308 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
309 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418 with composing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
310 char 0x0301. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Mar 4) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
311 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
312 Inconsistent: starting with $LANG set to es_ES.utf-8 gives Spanish |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
313 messages, even though locale is not supported. But ":lang messages |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
314 es_ES.utf-8" gives an error and doesn't switch messages. (Dominique Pelle, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
315 2009 Jan 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
316 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
317 When $HOME contains special characters, sich as a comma, escape them when used |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
318 in an option. (Michael Hordijk, 2009 May 5) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
319 Turn "esc" argument of expand_env_esc() into string of chars to be escaped. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
320 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
321 Can 'undolevels' be a buffer-local option? Helps for making big changes in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
322 one file only, set 'ul' to -1 only for that buffer. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
323 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
324 Should make 'ignorecase' global-local, so that it makes sense setting it from |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
325 a modeline. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
326 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
327 Add cscope target to Makefile. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jun 18, replies by |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
328 Sergey Khorev) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
329 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
330 Consider making YankRing or something else that keeps a list of yanked text |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
331 part of standard Vim. The "1 to "9 registers are not sufficient. |
1624 | 332 |
1698 | 333 netrw: dragging status line causes selection of entry. Should check row |
334 number to be below last visible line. | |
335 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
336 After doing "su" $HOME can be the old user's home, thus ~root/file is not |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
337 correct. Don't use it in the swap file. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
338 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
339 Completion for ":buf" doesn't work properly on Win32 when 'shellslash' is off. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
340 (Henrik Ohman, 2009, Jan 29) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
341 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
342 Allow patches to add something to version.c, like with an official patch, so |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
343 that :version output shows which patches have been applied. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
344 |
2152 | 345 Bug: in Ex mode (after "Q") backslash before line break, when yanked into a |
346 register and executed, results in <Nul>: instead of line break. | |
347 (Konrad Schwarz, 2010 Apr 16) | |
348 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
349 Have a look at patch for utf-8 line breaking. (Yongwei Wu, 2008 Mar 1, Mar 23) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
350 Now at: http://vimgadgets.sourceforge.net/liblinebreak/ |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
351 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
352 Greek sigma character should be lower cased depending on the context. Can we |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
353 make this work? (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Sep 24) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
354 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
355 When changing 'encoding' convert all the swap file names, so that we can |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
356 still delete them. Also convert all buffer file names? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
357 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
358 "gqip" in Insert mode has an off-by-one error, causing it to reflow text. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
359 (Raul Coronado, 2009 Nov 2) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
360 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
361 Update src/testdir/main.aap. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
362 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
363 "vim -c 'sniff connect'" hangs Vim. (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Dec 7) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
364 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
365 Something wrong with session that has "cd" commands and "badd", in such a way |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
366 that Vim doesn't find the edited file in the buffer list, causing the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
367 ATTENTION message? (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
368 Also: swap files are in ~/tmp/ One has relative file name ".mozilla/...". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
369 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
370 Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
371 |
1668 | 372 Runtime files for Clojure. (Toralf Wittner, 2008 Jun 25) |
373 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
374 MS-Windows: editing the first, empty buffer, 'ffs' set to "unix,dos", ":enew" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
375 doesn't set 'ff' to "unix". (Ben Fritz, 2008 Dec 5) Reusing the old buffer |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
376 probably causes this. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
377 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
378 'scrollbind' is not respected when deleting lines or undo. (Milan Vancura, |
2190 | 379 2009 Jan 16) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
380 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
381 Document that default font in Athena can be set with resources: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
382 XtDefaultFont: "9x15" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
383 XtDefaultFontSet: "9x15" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
384 (Richard Sherman, 2009 Apr 12) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
385 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
386 Having "Syntax" in 'eventignore' for :bufdo may cause problems, e.g. for |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
387 ":bufdo e" when buffers are open in windows. ex_listdo(eap) could set the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
388 option only for when jumping to another buffer, not when the command argument |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
389 is executed. |
1668 | 390 |
391 Crash with dragn-n-drop of file combined with netrw (Marius Gedminas, 2008 Jun | |
392 11) I can't reproduce it. It's probably caused by a handle_drop() call | |
393 in combination with autocommands that invoke a ":redraw" command. | |
394 Another valgrind output Jun 30. | |
1624 | 395 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
396 ":pedit %" with a BufReadPre autocommand causes the cursor to move to the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
397 first line. (Ingo Karkat, 2008 Jul 1) Ian Kelling is working on this. |
1624 | 398 |
399 Wildmenu not deleted: "gvim -u NONE", ":set nocp wildmenu cmdheight=3 | |
400 laststatus=2", CTRL-D CTRL-H CTRL-H CTRL-H. (A.Politz, 2008 April 1) | |
401 Works OK with Vim in an xterm. | |
402 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
403 Cursor line moves in other window when using CTRL-W J that doesn't change |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
404 anything. (Dasn, 2009 Apr 7) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
405 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
406 On Unix "glob('does not exist~')" returns the string. Without the "~" it |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
407 doesn't. (John Little, 2008 Nov 9) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
408 Shell expansion returns unexpanded string? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
409 Don't use shell when "~" is not at the start? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
410 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
411 ":unlet $VAR" doesn't work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
412 |
1698 | 413 When using ":e ++enc=foo file" and the file is already loaded with |
414 'fileencoding' set to "bar", then do_ecmd() uses that buffer, even though the | |
415 fileencoding differs. Reload the buffer in this situation? Need to check for | |
416 the buffer to be unmodified. | |
417 Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 11. Followup Jul 14, need to have | |
418 another look at it. | |
419 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
420 Patch for c.vim and cpp.vim syntax files. (Chung-chieh Shan, 2008 Nov 26) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
421 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
422 c.vim: XXX in a comment is colored yellow, but not when it's after "#if 0". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
423 (Ilya Dogolazky, 2009 Aug 7) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
424 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
425 Win32: ":dis +" shows nothing, but "+p does insert text. Problem with "* and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
426 "+ being the same thing? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
427 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
428 You can type ":w ++bad=x fname", but the ++bad argument is ignored. Give an |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
429 error message? Or is this easy to implement? (Nathan Stratton Treadway, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
430 Aug 20) This is in ucs2bytes(), search for 0xBF. Using the ++bad argument is |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
431 at the other match for 0xBF. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
432 |
1624 | 433 Fix for matchparen HL doesn't work. beep. |
434 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
435 When adding "-complete=file" to a user command this also changes how the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
436 argument is processed for <f-args>. (Ivan Tishchenko, 2008 Aug 19) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
437 |
1624 | 438 Win32: associating a type with Vim doesn't take care of space after a |
439 backslash? (Robert Vibrant, 2008 Jun 5) | |
440 | |
441 After using <Tab> for command line completion after ":ta blah" and getting E33 | |
442 (no tags file), further editing the command to e.g., ":echo 'blah'", the | |
1698 | 443 command is not executed. Fix by Ian Kelling? |
1624 | 444 |
1698 | 445 ":help s/~" jumps to *s/\~*, while ":help s/\~" doesn't find anything. (Tim |
446 Chase) Fix by Ian Kelling, 2008 Jul 14. | |
447 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
448 Use "\U12345678" for 32 bit Unicode characters? (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
449 Apr 6) Or use "\u(123456)", similar to Perl. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
450 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
451 When mapping : to ; and ; to :, @; doesn't work like @: and @: doesn't work |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
452 either. Matt Wozniski: nv_at() calls do_execreg() which uses |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
453 put_in_typebuf(). Char mapped twice? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
454 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
455 8 Some file systems are case-sensitive, some are not. Turn |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
456 CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME into an option, at least for completion. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
457 |
1624 | 458 Despite adding save_subexpr() this still doesn't work properly: |
459 Regexp: matchlist('12a4aaa', '^\(.\{-}\)\(\%5c\@<=a\+\)\(.\+\)\?') | |
460 Returns ['12a4', 'aaa', '4aaa'], should be ['12a4', 'aaa', ''] | |
461 Backreference not cleared when retrying after \@<= fails? | |
462 (Brett Stahlman, 2008 March 8) | |
463 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
464 Problem with remote_send(). (Charles Campbell, 2008 Aug 12) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
465 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
466 ftplugin for help file should set 'isk' to help file value. |
1698 | 467 |
1624 | 468 Win32: remote editing fails when the current directory name contains "[". |
469 (Ivan Tishchenko, Liu Yubao) Suggested patch by Chris Lubinski: Avoid | |
470 escaping characters where the backslash is not removed later. Asked Chris for | |
471 an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c. | |
1668 | 472 This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008 |
473 July 7) | |
1624 | 474 |
475 The str2special() function doesn't handle multi-byte characters properly. | |
476 Patch from Vladimir Vichniakov, 2007 Apr 24. | |
477 Should clean up the whole function. Also allow modifiers like <S-Char-32>? | |
478 find_special_key() also has this problem. | |
479 | |
480 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull, | |
481 2008 May 14) | |
482 | |
483 Problem with CTRL-F. (Charles Campbell, 2008 March 21) | |
484 Only happens with "gvim -geometry "160x26+4+27" -u NONE -U NONE prop.c". | |
485 'lines' is 54. (2008 March 27) | |
486 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
487 Problem with pointer wrapping around in getvcol(). (Wolfgang Kroworsch, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
488 Oct 19) Check for "col" being "MAXCOL" separately? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
489 |
1624 | 490 Unexpectedly inserting a double quote. (Anton Woellert, 2008 Mar 23) |
491 Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2. | |
492 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
493 Test54 should not use shell commands. Make it portable. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
494 |
1624 | 495 The utf class table is missing some entries: |
496 0x2212, minus sign | |
497 0x2217, star | |
498 0x2500, bar | |
499 0x26ab, circle | |
500 | |
501 Visual line mode doesn't highlight properly when 'showbreak' is used and the | |
502 line doesn't fit. (Dasn, 2008 May 1) | |
503 | |
504 GUI: In Normal mode can't yank the modeless selection. Make "gy" do this? | |
505 Works like CTRL-Y in Command line mode. | |
506 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
507 Mac: Move Carbon todo items to os_mac.txt. Note that this version is frozen, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
508 try the Cocoa version. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
509 |
1125 | 510 Mac: After a ":vsplit" the left scrollbar doesn't appear until 'columns' is |
511 changed or the window is resized. | |
512 | |
1624 | 513 Mac: Patch for configure: remove arch from ruby link args. (Knezevic, 2008 |
514 Mar 5) Alternative: Kazuki Sakamoto, Mar 7. | |
515 | |
1698 | 516 Mac: trouble compiling with Motif, requires --disable-darwin. (Raf, 2008 Aug |
517 1) Reply by Ben Schmidt. | |
518 | |
1624 | 519 C't: On utf-8 system, editing file with umlaut through Gnome results in URL |
520 with %nn%nn, which is taken as two characters instead of one. | |
521 Try to reproduce at work. | |
522 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
523 Patch for default choice in file changed dialog. (Bjorn Winckler, 2008 Oct 19) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
524 Is there a way to list all the files first? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
525 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
526 When 'smartcase' is set and using CTRL-L to add to the search pattern it may |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
527 result in no matches. Convert chars to lower case? (Erik Wognsen, 2009 Apr |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
528 16) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
529 |
1624 | 530 Patch for redo register. (Ben Schmidt, 2007 Oct 19) |
531 Await response to question to make the register writable. | |
532 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
533 src/testdir/Make_dos.mak: not all tests are included, e.g., test49, without a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
534 remark why. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
535 |
1624 | 536 Problem with 'ts' set to 9 and 'showbreak' to ">>>". (Matthew Winn, 2007 Oct |
537 1) | |
538 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
539 In the swapfile dialog, add a H(elp) option that gives more info about what |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
540 each choice does. Similar to ":help swap-exists-choices" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
541 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
542 try/catch not working for argument of return. (Matt Wozniski, 2008 Sep 15) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
543 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
544 Recognize and ignore BOM in error file. (Aleksey Baibarin) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
545 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
546 ":tab help" always opens a new tab, while ":help" re-uses an existing window. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
547 Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
548 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
549 ":tab drop filename" doesn't work nicely when "filename" is open in a window |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
550 in another tab. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Feb 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
551 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
552 Add ":nofold". Range will apply without expanding to closed fold. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
553 |
1624 | 554 Including NFA regexp code: |
555 Use "\%#= to set the engine: 0 = automatic, 1 = backtracking, 2 = new. | |
556 Useful in tests. | |
557 Performance tests: | |
558 - ~/vim/test/veryslow.js (file from Daniel Fetchinson) | |
559 - ~/vim/test/slowsearch | |
560 - ~/vim/test/rgb.vim | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
561 - ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune) |
1624 | 562 - search for a.*e*exn in the vim executable. Go to last line to use |
563 'hlsearch'. | |
1125 | 564 |
565 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences. | |
566 Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html | |
567 | |
1624 | 568 Syntax highlighting wrong for transparent region. (Doug Kearns, 2007 Feb 26) |
569 Bug in using a transparent syntax region. (Hanlen in vim-dev maillist, 2007 | |
570 Jul 31) | |
1125 | 571 |
572 C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error. | |
573 (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1) | |
574 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
575 Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
576 ":ccl" closes the quickfix window. Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
577 |
1624 | 578 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge |
579 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31) | |
580 | |
1125 | 581 Gnome improvements: Edward Catmur, 2007 Jan 7 |
582 Also use Save/Discard for other GUIs | |
583 | |
584 New PHP syntax file, use it? (Peter Hodge) | |
585 | |
586 'foldcolumn' in modeline applied to wrong window when using a session. (Teemu | |
587 Likonen, March 19) | |
588 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
589 Test 54 uses shell commands, that doesn't work on non-Unix systems. Use some |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
590 other way to test buffer-local autocommands. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
591 |
1698 | 592 The documentation mentions the priority for ":2match" and ":3match", but it |
593 appears the last one wins. (John Beckett, 2008 Jul 22) Caused by adding | |
594 matchadd()? Suggested patch by John, 2008 Jul 24. | |
595 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
596 When 'encoding' is utf-8 the command line is redrawn as a whole on every |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
597 character typed. (Tyler Spivey, 2008 Sep 3) Only redraw cmdline for |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
598 'arabicshape' when there is a character on the command line for which |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
599 (ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) is TRUE. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
600 |
1624 | 601 Cheng Fang made javacomplete. (2007 Aug 11) |
602 Asked about latest version: 0.77.1 is on www.vim.org. | |
1125 | 603 |
604 More AmigaOS4 patches. (Peter Bengtsson, Nov 9) | |
605 | |
1698 | 606 Insert mode completion: When editing the text and pressing CTRL-N again goes |
607 back to originally completed text, edited text is gone. (Peng Yu, 2008 Jul 24) | |
608 Suggestion by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Aug 6. | |
1624 | 609 |
610 Problem with compound words? (Bert, 2008 May 6) | |
611 No warning for when flags are defined after they are used in an affix. | |
612 | |
613 Screen redrawing when continuously updating the buffer and resizing the | |
614 terminal. (Yakov Lerner, 2006 Sept 7) | |
1125 | 615 |
616 Add option settings to help ftplugin. (David Eggum, 2006 Dec 18) | |
617 | |
1624 | 618 Autoconf problem: when checking for iconv library we may add -L/usr/local/lib, |
619 but when compiling further tests -liconv is added without the -L argument, | |
620 that may fail (e.g., sizeof(int)). (Blaine, 2007 Aug 21) | |
1125 | 621 |
622 When opening quickfix window, disable spell checking? | |
623 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
624 Problem with ".add" files when using two languages and restarting Vim. (Raul |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
625 Coronado, 2008 Oct 30) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
626 |
1624 | 627 Popup menu redraw: Instead of first redrawing the text and then drawing the |
628 popup menu over it, first draw the new popup menu, remember its position and | |
629 size and then redraw the text, skipping the characters under the popup menu. | |
630 This should avoid flicker. Other solution by A.Politz, 2007 Aug 22. | |
631 | |
1698 | 632 When the popup menu is close to the edge of the window it is truncated. Patch |
633 to anchor the popup menu in a different way. (James Vega, 2008 Jul 30) | |
634 | |
1226 | 635 Windows 98: pasting from the clipboard with text from another application has |
636 a trailing NUL. (Joachim Hofmann) Perhaps the length specified for CF_TEXT | |
637 isn't right? | |
638 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
639 When a register contains illegal bytes, writing viminfo in utf-8 and reading |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
640 it back doesn't result in utf-8. (Devin Bayer) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
641 |
1698 | 642 Command line completion: Scanning for tags doesn't check for typed key now and |
643 then? Hangs for about 5 seconds. Appears to be caused by finding include | |
644 files with "foo/**" in 'path'. (Kalisiak, 2006 July 15) | |
1668 | 645 Additional info: When using the |wildcards| ** globing, vim hangs |
646 indefinitely on lots of directories. The |file-searching| globing, like in | |
647 ":set path=/**" does not hang as often as with globing with |wildcards|, like | |
648 in ":1find /**/file". This is for a files that unix "find" can find very | |
649 quick. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier fix. (Ian | |
650 Kelling, 2008 July 4) | |
1125 | 651 |
1624 | 652 When the file name has parenthesis, e.g., "foo (bar).txt", ":!ls '%'" has the |
653 parenthesis escaped but not the space. That's inconsistent. Either escape | |
654 neither or both. No escaping might be best, because it doesn't depend on | |
655 particularities of the shell. (Zvi Har'El, 2007 Nov 10) (Teemu Likonen, 2008 | |
656 Jun 3) | |
657 However, for backwards compatibility escaping might be necessary. Check if | |
658 the user put quotes around the expanded item? | |
1125 | 659 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
660 Error E324 can be given when a cron script has wiped out our temp directory. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
661 Give a clear error message about this (and tell them not to wipe out /tmp). |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
662 |
1125 | 663 Color for cUserLabel should differ from case label, so that a mistake in a |
664 switch list is noticed: | |
665 switch (i) | |
666 { | |
667 case 1: | |
668 foobar: | |
669 } | |
670 | |
671 Look at http://www.gtk-server.org/ . It has a Vim script implementation. | |
672 | |
1624 | 673 Netbeans problem. Use "nc -l 127.0.0.1 55555" for the server, then run gvim |
674 with "gvim -nb:localhost:55555:foo". From nc do: '1:editFile!0 "foo"'. Then | |
675 go to Insert mode and add a few lines. Then backspacing every other time | |
676 moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25) | |
677 | |
1125 | 678 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov, |
679 2007 Feb 8) | |
680 | |
681 Patch for Win32 clipboard under Cygwin. (Frodak Baksik, Feb 15) | |
682 Sutcliffe says it works well. | |
1624 | 683 Update 2007 May 22 for Vim 7.1 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
684 Update 2008 Dec 2008 for Vim 7.2.xx (Sharonov) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
685 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
686 Win32: Can't complete shell command names. Why is setting xp_context in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
687 set_one_cmd_context() inside #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME? |
1125 | 688 |
689 Win32: Patch for convert_filterW(). (Taro Muraoka, 2007 Mar 2) | |
690 | |
1624 | 691 Win32: Patch for cscope external command. (Mike Williams, 2007 Aug 7) |
692 | |
1125 | 693 Win32: XPM support only works with path without spaces. Patch by Mathias |
694 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 9. Another patch for more path names, 2006 May 31. | |
695 New version: http://members.tcnet.ch/michaelis/vim/patches.zip (also for other | |
696 patches by Mathias, see mail Feb 22) | |
697 | |
698 Win32: compiling with normal features and OLE fails. Patch by Mathias | |
699 Michaelis, 2006 Jun 4. | |
700 | |
701 Win32: echo doesn't work for gvim.exe.mnf. Use inline file. Patch by Mathias | |
702 Michaelis. http://groups.yahoo.com/group/vimdev/message/43765 | |
703 Patch that includes this and does more by George Reilly, 2007 Feb 12 | |
704 | |
705 Win16: include patches to make Win16 version work. (Vince Negri, 2006 May 22) | |
706 | |
707 Win32: after "[I" showing matches, scroll wheel messes up screen. (Tsakiridis, | |
708 2007 Feb 18) | |
1624 | 709 Patch by Alex Dobrynin, 2007 Jun 3. Also fixes other scroll wheel problems. |
1125 | 710 |
711 Win32: using CTRL-S in Insert mode doesn't remove the "+" from the tab pages | |
1702 | 712 label. (Tsakiridis, 2007 Feb 18) Patch from Ian Kelling, 2008 Aug 6. |
713 | |
1624 | 714 Win32: using "gvim --remote-tab-silent fname" sometimes gives an empty screen |
715 with the more prompt. Caused by setting the guitablabel? (Thomas Michael | |
716 Engelke, 2007 Dec 20 - 2008 Jan 17) | |
1125 | 717 |
718 Win64: Seek error in swap file for a very big file (3 Gbyte). Check storing | |
719 pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var. | |
720 | |
1624 | 721 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17) |
722 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
723 Win32: When 'shell' is cmd.exe this command fails: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
724 echo system('"c:/path/echo.exe" "foo bar"') |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
725 Should we set the default for 'shellxquote' to a double quote, when 'shell' |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
726 contains "cmd" in the tail? (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Oct 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
727 Also set 'shellcmdflag' to include /s. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
728 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
729 Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly. |
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
730 Unfinished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24. |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
731 Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
732 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
733 Win32: With two monitors, gvim partly on both, and adding/removing a scrollbar |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
734 Vim resizes and moves to one of the monitors. (Chris Monkiewicz, 2008 Oct) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
735 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
736 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
737 Depends on 'shellslash', 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote', but shellescape() |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
738 only takes 'shellslash' into account. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
739 |
1624 | 740 Pressing the 'pastetoggle' key doesn't update the statusline. (Jan Christoph |
741 Ebersbach, 2008 Feb 1) | |
742 | |
743 Menu item that does "xxd -r" doesn't work when 'fileencoding' is utf-16. | |
744 Check for this and use iconv? (Edward L. Fox, 2007 Sep 12) | |
745 Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'filenecodings' is set | |
746 properly? | |
747 | |
748 Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega, | |
749 2007 Jun 21) | |
750 | |
751 When $VAR contains a backslash expand('$VAR') removes it. (Teemu Likonen, 2008 | |
752 Jun 18) | |
753 | |
754 If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work. | |
755 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
756 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
757 windows. (Adam George) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
758 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
759 When using input() in a loop and then ":echo" the display column isn't right. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
760 (Benjamin Fritz, 2008 Aug 28) Patch by Ben Schmidt, 2008 Sep 2. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
761 |
1624 | 762 F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a |
763 modifier key. Need to catch three different sequences. Use K_ZF1, like | |
764 K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2) | |
1125 | 765 |
766 UTF-8: mapping a multi-byte key where the second byte is 0x80 doesn't appear | |
767 to work. (Tony Mechelynck, 2007 March 2) | |
768 | |
769 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through | |
770 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28) | |
771 | |
772 C++ indenting wrong with "=". (James Kanze, 2007 Jan 26) | |
773 | |
774 ":lockvar" should use copyID to avoid endless loop. | |
775 | |
1624 | 776 When using --remote-silent and the file name matches 'wildignore' get an E479 |
1668 | 777 error. without --remote-silent it works fine. (Ben Fritz, 2008 Jun 20) |
1226 | 778 |
1125 | 779 Gvim: dialog for closing Vim should check if Vim is busy writing a file. Then |
780 use a different dialog: "busy saving, really quit? yes / no". | |
781 | |
782 Check other interfaces for changing curbuf in a wrong way. Patch like for | |
783 if_ruby.c. | |
784 | |
785 ":helpgrep" should use the directory from 'helpfile'. | |
786 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
787 Patch to dynamically load Python on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2009 Feb 16) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
788 Needs more work. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
789 |
1125 | 790 The need_fileinfo flag is messy. Instead make the message right away and put |
791 it in keep_msg? | |
792 | |
793 Editing a file remotely that matches 'wildignore' results in a "no match" | |
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
794 error. Should only happen when there are wildcards, not when giving the file |
1125 | 795 name literally, and esp. if there is only one name. |
796 | |
874 | 797 Test 61 fails sometimes. This is a timing problem: "sleep 2" sometimes takes |
798 longer than 2 seconds. | |
857 | 799 |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
800 Using ":au CursorMoved * cmd" invokes mch_FullName(), which can be slow. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
801 Can this be avoided? (Thomas Waba, 2008 Aug 24) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
802 Also for ":w" without a file name. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
803 The buffer has the full path in ffname, should pass this to the autocommand. |
1624 | 804 |
805 "vim -C" often has 'nocompatible', because it's set in some startup script. | |
806 Set 'compatible' after startup is done? Patch by James Vega, 2008 Feb 7. | |
807 | |
1125 | 808 VMS: while editing a file found in complex, Vim will save file into the first |
809 directory of the path and not to the original location of the file. | |
810 (Zoltan Arpadffy) | |
811 | |
1624 | 812 VMS: VFC files are in some cases truncated during reading (Zoltan Arpadffy) |
813 | |
1125 | 814 input() completion should not insert a backslash to escape a space in a file |
815 name? | |
816 | |
817 getpos()/setpos() don't include curswant. getpos() could return a fifth | |
818 element. setpos() could accept an optional fifth element. | |
819 | |
820 Ruby completion is insecure. Can this be fixed? | |
821 | |
822 When 'backupskip' is set from $TEMP special characters need to be escaped. | |
823 (patch by Grembowietz, 2007 Feb 26, not quite right) | |
824 Another problem is that file_pat_to_reg_pat() doesn't recognize "\\", so "\\(" | |
825 will be seen as a path separator plus "\(". | |
826 | |
2072 | 827 gvim d:\path\path\(FILE).xml should not remove the \ before the (. |
828 This also fails with --remote. | |
829 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
830 When doing ":quit" the Netbeans "killed" event isn't sent. (Xavier de Gaye, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
831 2008 Nov 10) call netbeans_file_closed() at the end of buf_freeall(), or in |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
832 all places where buf_freeall() is called? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
833 |
1125 | 834 ":python os.chdir('/tmp')" makes short buffer names invalid. (Xavier de Gaye) |
835 Check directory and call shorten_fnames()? | |
836 | |
837 aucmd_prepbuf() should also use a window in another tab page. | |
838 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
839 When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
840 (Bob Hiestand, 2008 Aug 26, Aug 27) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
841 |
1125 | 842 Substituting an area with a line break with almost the same area does change |
843 the Visual area. Can this be fixed? (James Vega, 2006 Sept 15) | |
844 | |
845 Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry. | |
1624 | 846 Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry. |
847 Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an | |
848 argument list or opening each file in a separate tab. | |
1668 | 849 (Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26) |
1125 | 850 |
851 GUI: When combining fg en bg make sure they are not equal. | |
852 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
853 Spell checking: Add a way to specify punctuation characters. Add the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
854 superscript numbers by default: 0x2070, 0xb9, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0x2074 - 0x2079. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
855 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
856 Spell checking in popup menu: If the only problem is the case of the first |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
857 character, don't offer "ignore" and "add to word list". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
858 |
1125 | 859 Use different pt_br dictionary for spell checking. (Jackson A. Aquino, 2006 |
860 Jun 5) | |
861 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
862 Use different romanian dictionary for spell checking. (Andrei Popescu, Nov |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
863 2008) Use http://downloads.sourceforge.net/rospell/ro_RO.3.2.zip |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
864 Or the hunspell-ro.3.2.tar.gz file, it also has a iso-8859-2 list. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
865 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
866 In a C file with spell checking, in "% integer" "nteger" is seen as an error, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
867 but "]s" doesn't find it. "nteger" by itself is found. (Ralf Wildenhues, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
868 Jul 22) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
869 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
870 There should be something about spell checking in the user manual. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
871 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
872 Spell menu: When using the Popup menu to select a replacement word, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
873 ":spellrepeat" doesn't work. SpellReplace() uses setline(). Can it use "z=" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
874 somehow? Or use a new function. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
875 |
1125 | 876 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21) |
877 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
878 Mac: OS/X 10.4 with Python 2.5 installed: configure finds an extra argument |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
879 that breaks the build. (Brian Victor, 2008 Sep 1) |
1698 | 880 |
1125 | 881 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is |
882 moved to the next line. Default '>', set to a space to blank it out. Check | |
883 that char is single width when it's set (compare with 'listchars'). | |
884 | |
885 The generated vim.bat can avoid the loop for NT. (Carl Zmola, 2006 Sep 3) | |
886 | |
887 Session file creation: 'autochdir' causes trouble. Keep it off until after | |
888 loading all files. | |
889 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
890 Win32: When 'autochdir' is on and 'encoding' is changed, files on the command |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
891 line are opened again, but from the wrong directory. Apply 'autochdir' only |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
892 after starting up? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
893 |
2072 | 894 When showing a diff between a non-existent file and an existing one, with the |
1624 | 895 cursor in the empty buffer, the other buffer only shows the last line. Change |
896 the "insert" into a change from one line to many? (Yakov Lerner, 2008 May 27) | |
897 | |
898 Add autocommand for when a tabpage is being closed. Also for when a tab page | |
899 has been created. | |
900 | |
901 Using ":make" blocks Vim. Allow running one make in the background (if the | |
902 shell supports it), catch errors in a file and update the error list on the | |
903 fly. A bit like "!make > file&" and repeating ":cf file". ":bgmake", | |
904 background make. ":bgcancel" interrupts it. | |
905 A.Politz may work on this. | |
1125 | 906 |
907 These two abbreviations don't give the same result: | |
908 let asdfasdf = "xyz\<Left>" | |
909 cabbr XXX <C-R>=asdfasdf<CR> | |
910 cabbr YYY xyz<Left> | |
911 | |
912 Michael Dietrich: maximized gvim sometimes displays output of external command | |
913 partly. (2006 Dec 7) | |
914 | |
915 In FileChangedShell command it's no longer allowed to switch to another | |
916 buffer. But the changed buffer may differ from the current buffer, how to | |
917 reload it then? | |
918 | |
919 New syntax files for fstab and resolv from Radu Dineiu, David Necas did | |
920 previous version. | |
921 | |
922 For Aap: include a config.arg.example file with hints how to use config.arg. | |
923 | |
1624 | 924 Command line completion when 'cmdheight' is maximum and 'wildmenu' is set, |
925 only one buffer line displayed, causes display errors. | |
926 | |
927 Completing with 'wildmenu' and using <Up> and <Down> to move through directory | |
928 tree stops unexpectedly when using ":cd " and entering a directory that | |
929 doesn't contain other directories. | |
930 | |
1125 | 931 Linux distributions: |
932 - Suggest compiling xterm with --enable-tcap-query, so that nr of colors is | |
933 known to Vim. 88 colors instead of 16 works better. See ":help | |
934 xfree-xterm". | |
935 - Suggest including bare "vi" and "vim" with X11, syntax, etc. | |
936 | |
937 Completion menu: For a wrapping line, completing a long file name, only the | |
938 start of the path is shown in the menu. Should move the menu to the right to | |
939 show more text of the completions. Shorten the items that don't fit in the | |
940 middle? | |
941 | |
942 When running inside screen it's possible to kill the X server and restart it | |
1698 | 943 (using pty's the program can keep on running). Vim dies because it loses the |
1125 | 944 connection to the X server. Can Vim simply quit using the X server instead of |
945 dying? Also relevant when running in a console. | |
946 | |
947 Accessing file#var in a function should not need the g: prepended. | |
948 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
949 When exiting detects a modified buffer, instead of opening the buffer in the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
950 current tab, use an existing tab, if possible. Like finding a window where |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
951 the buffer is displayed. (Antonios Tsakiridis) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
952 |
1125 | 953 When ":cn" moves to an error in the same line the message isn't shortened. |
954 Only skip shortening for ":cc"? | |
955 | |
956 Write "making vim work better" for the docs (mostly pointers): *nice* | |
957 - sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim | |
958 - setting 'mouse' to "a" | |
959 - getting colors in xterm | |
960 - compiling Vim with X11, GUI, etc. | |
961 | |
962 Problem with ":call" and dictionary function. Hari Krishna Dara, Charles | |
963 Campbell 2006 Jul 06. | |
964 | |
965 Syntax HL error caused by "containedin". (Peter Hodge, 2006 Oct 6) | |
966 | |
1624 | 967 A custom completion function in a ":command" cannot be a Funcref. (Andy |
968 Wokula, 2007 Aug 25) | |
969 | |
970 Problem with using :redir in user command completion function? (Hari Krishna | |
971 Dara, 2006 June 21) | |
972 | |
1125 | 973 Another resizing problem when setting 'columns' and 'lines' to a very large |
974 number. (Tony Mechelynck, 2007 Feb 6) | |
975 | |
976 After starting Vim, using '0 to jump somewhere in a file, ":sp" doesn't center | |
977 the cursor line. It works OK after some other commands. | |
978 | |
979 Win32: Is it possible to have both postscript and Win32 printing? | |
980 Does multi-byte printing with ":hardcopy" work? Add remark in documentation | |
981 about this. | |
982 | |
983 Check: Running Vim in a console and still having connect to the X server for | |
984 copy/paste: is stopping the X server handled gracefully? Should catch the X | |
985 error and stop using the connection to the server. | |
986 | |
987 Problem with 'cdpath' on MS-Windows when a directory is equal to $HOME. (2006 | |
988 Jul 26, Gary Johnson) | |
989 | |
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
990 Using UTF-8 character with ":command" does not work properly. (Matt Wozniski, |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
991 2008 Sep 29) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
992 |
1125 | 993 In the Netbeans interface add a "vimeval" function, so that the other side can |
994 check the result of has("patch13"). | |
995 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
996 Cursor line at bottom of window instead of halfway after saving view and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
997 restoring. Only with 'nowrap'. (Robert Webb, 2008 Aug 25) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
998 |
1125 | 999 Add command modifier that skips wildcard expansion, so that you don't need to |
1000 put backslashes before special chars, only for white space. | |
1001 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1002 Syntax HL: open two windows on the same C code, delete a ")" in one window, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1003 resulting in highlighted "{" in that window, not in the other. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1005 In mswin.vim: Instead of mapping <C-V> for Insert mode in a complicated way, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1006 can it be done like ":imap <C-V> <MiddleMouse>" without negative side effects? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1007 |
1125 | 1008 Win32: When the GUI tab pages line is displayed Vim jumps from the secondary |
1009 to the primary monitor. (Afton Lewis, 2007 Mar 9) Old resizing problem? | |
1010 | |
1624 | 1011 GTK: when the Tab pages bar appears or disappears while the window is |
1012 maximized the window is no longer maximized. Patch that has some idea but | |
1013 doesn't work from Geoffrey Antos, 2008 May 5. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1014 Also: the window may no longer fit on the screen, thus the command line is not |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1015 visible. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1016 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1017 GTK: when setting 'columns' in a startup script and doing ":vertical diffsplit" |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1018 the window isn't redrawn properly, see two vertical bars. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1019 |
1125 | 1020 The magic clipboard format "VimClipboard2" appears in several places. Should |
1021 be only one. | |
1022 | |
1624 | 1023 "vim -C" often has 'nocompatible', because it's set somewhere in a startup |
1024 script. Do "set compatible" after startup? | |
1025 | |
1125 | 1026 It's difficult to debug numbered functions (function in a Dictionary). Print |
1027 the function name before resolving it to a number? | |
1028 let d = {} | |
1029 fun! d.foo() | |
1030 echo "here" | |
1031 endfun | |
1032 call d.foo(9) | |
1033 | |
1034 Add a mark for the other end of the Visual area (VIsual pos). '< and '> are | |
1035 only set after Visual moded is ended. | |
1624 | 1036 Also add a variable for the Visual mode. So that this mode and '< '> can be |
1037 used to set what "gv" selects. (Ben Schmidt) | |
1038 | |
1039 Win32: When running ":make" and 'encoding' differs from the system locale, the | |
1040 output should be converted. Esp. when 'encoding' is "utf-8". (Yongwei Wu) | |
1041 Should we use 'termencoding' for this? | |
1042 | |
2283
7e1bd501306d
Mainly documentation updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
1043 Win32, NTFS: When editing a specific infostream directly and 'backupcopy' is |
1624 | 1044 "auto" should detect this situation and work like 'backupcopy' is "yes". File |
1045 name is something like "c:\path\foo.txt:bar", includes a colon. (Alex | |
1046 Jakushev, 2008 Feb 1) | |
1125 | 1047 |
1048 Small problem displaying diff filler line when opening windows with a script. | |
1049 (David Luyer, 2007 Mar 1 ~/Mail/oldmail/mool/in.15872 ) | |
1050 | |
1051 Is it allowed that 'backupext' is empty? Problems when backup is in same dir | |
1052 as original file? If it's OK don't compare with 'patchmode'. (Thierry Closen) | |
1053 | |
1054 Patch for supporting count before CR in quickfix window. (AOYAMA Shotaro, 2007 | |
1055 Jan 1) | |
1056 | |
1624 | 1057 Patch for adding ":lscscope". (Navdeep Parhar, 2007 Apr 26; update 2008 Apr |
1058 23) | |
1059 | |
1060 ":mkview" isn't called with the right buffer argument. Happens when using | |
1061 tabs and the autocommand "autocmd BufWinLeave * mkview". (James Vega, 2007 | |
1062 Jun 18) | |
1125 | 1063 |
1064 xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for | |
1065 buffers that changed. Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow(). | |
1066 Xterm 224 supports it! | |
1067 | |
1068 When completing from another file that uses a different encoding completion | |
1069 text has the wrong encoding. E.g., when 'encoding' is utf-8 and file is | |
1070 latin1. Example from Gombault Damien, 2007 Mar 24. | |
1071 | |
1624 | 1072 Is it possible to use "foo#var" instead of "g:foo#var" inside a function? |
1073 | |
1074 Syntax HL: When using "nextgroup" and the group has an empty match, there is | |
1075 no search at that position for another match. (Lukas Mai, 2008 April 11) | |
1076 | |
1077 In gvim the backspace key produces a backspace character, but on Linux the | |
1078 VERASE key is Delete. Set VERASE to Backspace? (patch by Stephane Chazelas, | |
1079 2007 Oct 16) | |
1080 | |
1668 | 1081 When entering a C /* comment, after typing <Enter> for 70 times the indent |
1082 disappears. (Vincent Beffara, 2008 Jul 3) | |
1083 | |
1624 | 1084 TermResponse autocommand isn't always triggered when using vimdiff. (Aron |
1085 Griffis, 2007 Sep 19) | |
1086 | |
1087 Create a gvimtutor.1 file and change Makefiles to install it. | |
1088 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1089 When 'encoding' is utf-8 typing text at the end of the line causes previously |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1090 typed characters to be redrawn. Caused by patch 7.1.329. (Tyler Spivey, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1091 Sep 3, 11) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1092 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1093 When Vim in an xterm owns the selection and the user does ":shell" Vim doesn't |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1094 respond to selection requests. Invoking XtDisownSelection() before executing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1095 the shell doesn't help. Would require forking and doing a message loop, like |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1096 what happens for the GUI. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1097 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1098 X11: Putting more than about 262040 characters of text on the clipboard and |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1099 pasting it in another Vim doesn't work. (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Aug 21-23) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1100 clip_x11_request_selection_cb() is called with zero value and length. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1101 Also: Get an error message from free() in the process that owns the selection. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1102 Seems to happen when the selection is requested the second time, but before |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1103 clip_x11_convert_selection_cb() is invoked, thus in X library code. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1104 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1105 ":vimgrep" does not recognize a recursive symlink. Is it possible to detect |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1106 this, at least for Unix (using device/inode)? |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1107 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1108 When switching between windows the cursor is often put in the middle. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1109 Remember the relative position and restore that, just like lnum and col are |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1110 restored. (Luc St-Louis) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1111 |
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
1112 Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler, |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
1113 2010 Jun 30) |
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
1114 |
1624 | 1115 |
1116 More patches: | |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1117 - Another patch for Javascript indenting. (Hari Kumar, 2010 Jul 11) |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1118 Needs a few tests. |
1125 | 1119 - Add 'cscopeignorecase' option. (Liang Wenzhi, 2006 Sept 3) |
1120 - Argument for feedkeys() to prepend to typeahead (Yakov Lerner, 2006 Oct | |
1121 21) | |
1122 - Load intl.dll too, not only libintl.dll. (Mike Williams, 2006 May 9, docs | |
1123 patch May 10) | |
1124 - Extra argument to strtrans() to translate special keys to their name (Eric | |
1125 Arnold, 2006 May 22) | |
1126 - 'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file. | |
1127 (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14) | |
1128 - Mac: indicate whether a buffer was modified. (Nicolas Weber, 2006 Jun 30) | |
1129 - Allow negative 'nrwidth' for left aligning. (Nathan Laredo, 2006 Aug 16) | |
1130 - ml_append_string(): efficiently append to an existing line. (Brad | |
1131 Beveridge, 2006 Aug 26) Use in some situations, e.g., when pasting a | |
1132 character at a time? | |
1133 - recognize hex numbers better. (Mark Manning, 2006 Sep 13) | |
1698 | 1134 - Add <AbbrExpand> key, to expand an abbreviation in a mapping. (Kana |
1135 Natsuno, 2008 Jul 17) | |
1136 - Add 'wspara' option, also accept blank lines like empty lines for "{" and | |
1137 "}". (Mark Lundquist, 2008 Jul 18) | |
1138 - Patch to add CTRL-T to delete part of a path on cmdline. (Adek, 2008 Jul | |
1139 21) | |
1140 - Instead of creating a copy of the tutor in all the shell scripts, do it in | |
1141 vimtutor.vim. (Jan Minar, 2008 Jul 20) | |
1142 - When fsync() fails there is no hint about what went wrong. Patch by Ben | |
1143 Schmidt, 2008 Jul 22. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1144 - testdir/Make_dos_sh.mak for running tests with MingW. (Bill Mccarthy, 2008 |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1145 Sep 13) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1146 - Patch for adding "space" item in 'listchars'. (Jérémie Roquet, 2009 Oct 29, |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1147 Docs patch Oct 30) |
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1148 - Replace ccomplete.vim by cppcomplete.vim from www.vim.org? script 1520 by |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1149 Vissale Neang. (Martin Stubenschrott) Asked Vissale to make the scripts |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1150 more friendly for the Vim distribution. |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1151 New version received 2008 Jan 6. |
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2318
diff
changeset
|
1152 No maintenance in two years... |
2343
0703d2fd5749
Last few changes for the 7.3a BETA release.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2342
diff
changeset
|
1153 - Patch to access screen under Python. (Marko Mahni, 2010 Jul 18) |
1125 | 1154 |
857 | 1155 |
40 | 1156 Awaiting updated patches: |
842 | 1157 9 Mac unicode patch (Da Woon Jung, Eckehard Berns): |
1158 8 Add patch from Muraoka Taro (Mar 16) to support input method on Mac? | |
1159 New patch 2004 Jun 16 | |
1160 - selecting proportional font breaks display | |
1161 - UTF-8 text causes display problems. Font replacement causes this. | |
1162 - Command-key mappings do not work. (Alan Schmitt) | |
1163 - With 'nopaste' pasting is wrong, with 'paste' Command-V doesn't work. | |
1164 (Alan Schmitt) | |
1165 - remove 'macatsui' option when this has been fixed. | |
1125 | 1166 - when 'macatsui' is off should we always convert to "macroman" and ignore |
1167 'termencoding'? | |
800 | 1168 9 HTML indenting can be slow. Caused by using searchpair(). Can search() |
1624 | 1169 be used instead? A.Politz is looking into a solution. |
844 | 1170 8 Win32: Add minidump generation. (George Reilly, 2006 Apr 24) |
713 | 1171 8 Add ":n" to fnamemodify(): normalize path, remove "../" when possible. |
856 | 1172 Aric Blumer has a patch for this. He will update the patch for 6.3. |
713 | 1173 7 Completion of network shares, patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto. |
1174 Update 2004 Sep 6. | |
1175 How does this work? Missing comments. | |
1176 - Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav | |
1624 | 1177 Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30) |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1178 Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23 |
713 | 1179 8 Add a few more command names to the menus. Patch from Jiri Brezina |
832 | 1180 (28 feb 2002). Will mess the translations... |
713 | 1181 7 ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears |
1182 before "Quit". Patch by Robert Webb, 2004 May 3. | |
1183 - Include flipcase patch: ~/vim/patches/wall.flipcase2 ? Make it work | |
1184 for multi-byte characters. | |
1185 - Win32: add options to print dialog. Patch from Vipin Aravind. | |
1186 - Patch to add highlighting for whitespace. (Tom Schumm, 2003 Jul 5) | |
1187 use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not | |
1188 been given values. | |
1189 Add section in help files for these highlight groups? | |
1190 8 "fg" and "bg" don't work in an xterm. Get default colors from xterm | |
827 | 1191 with an ESC sequence. |
1192 xterm can send colors for many things. E.g. for the cursor: | |
1193 <Esc>]12;?<Bel> | |
1194 Can use this to get the background color and restore the colors on exit. | |
713 | 1195 7 Add "DefaultFG" and "DefaultBG" for the colors of the menu. (Marcin |
1196 Dalecki has a patch for Motif and Carbon) | |
1197 - Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran). Or put a | |
1198 line in between columns (e.g., for 'textwidth'). | |
1199 Patch to add 'hlcolumn' from Vit Stradal, 2004 May 20. | |
1200 8 Add functions: | |
1201 gettext() Translate a message. (Patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto) | |
40 | 1202 Update 2004 Sep 10 |
557 | 1203 Another patch from Edward L. Fox (2005 Nov 24) |
1204 Search in 'runtimepath'? | |
832 | 1205 More docs needed about how to use this. |
40 | 1206 How to get the messages into the .po files? |
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2330
diff
changeset
|
1207 strchars() Like strlen() and strwidth() but counting characters |
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2330
diff
changeset
|
1208 instead of bytes. |
713 | 1209 confirm() add "flags" argument, with 'v' for vertical |
1210 layout and 'c' for console dialog. (Haegg) | |
1211 Flemming Madsen has a patch for the 'c' flag | |
1212 (2003 May 13) | |
1213 raisewin() raise gvim window (see HierAssist patch for | |
1214 Tcl implementation ~/vim/HierAssist/ ) | |
1125 | 1215 taglist() add argument to specify maximum number of matches. |
1216 useful for interactive things or completion. | |
1624 | 1217 col('^') column of first non-white character. |
1218 Can use "len(substitute(getline('.'), '\S.*', '', '')) | |
1219 + 1", but that's ugly. | |
713 | 1220 7 Add patch from Benoit Cerrina to integrate Vim and Perl functions |
1221 better. Now also works for Ruby (2001 Nov 10) | |
1222 - Patch from Herculano de Lima Einloft Neto for better formatting of the | |
1223 quickfix window (2004 dec 2) | |
1224 7 When 'rightleft' is set, the search pattern should be displayed right | |
1225 to left as well? See patch of Dec 26. (Nadim Shaikli) | |
832 | 1226 8 Option to lock all used memory so that it doesn't get swapped to disk |
1227 (uncrypted). Patch by Jason Holt, 2003 May 23. Uses mlock. | |
713 | 1228 7 Add ! register, for shell commands. (patch from Grenie) |
1229 8 In the gzip plugin, also recognize *.gz.orig, *.gz.bak, etc. Like it's | |
1230 done for filetype detection. Patch from Walter Briscoe, 2003 Jul 1. | |
1231 7 Add a "-@ filelist" argument: read file names from a file. (David | |
1232 Kotchan has a patch for it) | |
1233 8 Include a connection to an external program through a pipe? See | |
1234 patches from Felbinger for a mathematica interface. | |
1235 Or use emacs server kind of thing? | |
1236 7 Add ":justify" command. Patch from Vit Stradal 2002 Nov 25. | |
1237 - findmatch() should be adjusted for Lisp. See remark at | |
1238 get_lisp_indent(). Esp. \( and \) should be skipped. (Dorai Sitaram, | |
1239 incomplete patch Mar 18) | |
1240 - For GUI Find/Replace dialog support using a regexp. Patch for Motif | |
1241 and GTK by degreneir (nov 10 and nov 18). | |
1242 - Patch for "paranoid mode" by Kevin Collins, March 7. Needs much more work. | |
70 | 1243 |
1244 | |
7 | 1245 Vi incompatibility: |
713 | 1246 - Try new POSIX tests, made after my comments. (Geoff Clare, 2005 April 7) |
1247 Version 1.5 is in ~/src/posix/1.5. (Lynne Canal) | |
7 | 1248 8 With undo/redo only marks in the changed lines should be changed. Other |
1249 marks should be kept. Vi keeps each mark at the same text, even when it | |
1250 is deleted or restored. (Webb) | |
1251 Also: A mark is lost after: make change, undo, redo and undo. | |
1252 Example: "{d''" then "u" then "d''": deletes an extra line, because the '' | |
1253 position is one line down. (Veselinovic) | |
1254 8 When stdin is not a tty, and Vim reads commands from it, an error should | |
1255 make Vim exit. | |
1256 7 Unix Vim (not gvim): Typing CTRL-C in Ex mode should finish the line | |
1257 (currently you can continue typing, but it's truncated later anyway). | |
1258 Requires a way to make CTRL-C interrupt select() when in cooked input. | |
1259 8 When loading a file in the .exrc, Vi loads the argument anyway. Vim skips | |
1260 loading the argument if there is a file already. When no file argument | |
1261 given, Vi starts with an empty buffer, Vim keeps the loaded file. (Bearded) | |
1262 6 In Insert mode, when using <BS> or <Del>, don't wipe out the text, but | |
1263 only move back the cursor. Behaves like '$' in 'cpoptions'. Use a flag | |
1264 in 'cpoptions' to switch this on/off. | |
1265 8 When editing a file which is a symbolic link, and then opening another | |
1266 symbolic link on the same file, Vim uses the name of the first one. | |
1267 Adjust the file name in the buffer to the last one used? Use several file | |
1268 names in one buffer??? | |
1269 Also: When first editing file "test", which is symlink to "test2", and | |
1270 then editing "test2", you end up editing buffer "test" again. It's not | |
1271 logical that the name that was first used sticks with the buffer. | |
1272 7 The ":undo" command works differently in Ex mode. Edit a file, make some | |
1273 changes, "Q", "undo" and _all_ changes are undone, like the ":visual" | |
1274 command was one command. | |
321 | 1275 On the other hand, an ":undo" command in an Ex script only undoes the last |
1276 change (e.g., use two :append commands, then :undo). | |
7 | 1277 7 The ":map" command output overwrites the command. Perhaps it should keep |
1278 the ":map" when it's used without arguments? | |
1279 7 CTRL-L is not the end of a section? It is for Posix! Make it an option. | |
1280 7 Implement 'prompt' option. Init to off when stdin is not a tty. | |
1281 7 CTRL-T in Insert mode inserts 'shiftwidth' of spaces at the cursor. Add a | |
1282 flag in 'cpoptions' for this. | |
1283 7 Add a way to send an email for a crashed edit session. Create a file when | |
1284 making changes (containing name of the swap file), delete it when writing | |
1285 the file. Supply a program that can check for crashed sessions (either | |
1286 all, for a system startup, or for one user, for in a .login file). | |
1287 7 Vi doesn't do autoindenting when input is not from a tty (in Ex mode). | |
1288 7 "z3<CR>" should still use the whole window, but only redisplay 3 lines. | |
1289 7 ":tag xx" should move the cursor to the first non-blank. Or should it go | |
1290 to the match with the tag? Option? | |
1291 7 Implement 'autoprint'/'ap' option. | |
1292 7 Add flag in 'cpoptions' that makes <BS> after a count work like <Del> | |
1293 (Sayre). | |
1294 7 Add flag in 'cpoptions' that makes operator (yank, filter) not move the | |
1295 cursor, at least when cancelled. (default Vi compatible). | |
1296 7 This Vi-trick doesn't work: "Q" to go to Ex mode, then "g/pattern/visual". | |
1297 In Vi you can edit in visual mode, and when doing "Q" you jump to the next | |
1298 match. Nvi can do it too. | |
1299 7 Support '\' for line continuation in Ex mode for these commands: (Luebking) | |
1300 g/./a\ g/pattern1/ s/pattern2/rep1\\ | |
1301 line 1\ line 2\\ | |
1302 line 2\ line 3\\ | |
1303 . line4/ | |
1304 6 ":e /tmp/$tty" doesn't work. ":e $uid" does. Is $tty not set because of | |
1305 the way the shell is started? | |
1306 6 Vi compatibility (optional): make "ia<CR><ESC>10." do the same strange | |
1307 thing. (only repeat insert for the first line). | |
1308 | |
1309 | |
1310 GTK+ GUI known bugs: | |
713 | 1311 9 Crash with X command server over ssh. (Ciaran McCreesh, 2006 Feb 6) |
7 | 1312 8 GTK 2: Combining UTF-8 characters not displayed properly in menus (Mikolaj |
1313 Machowski) They are displayed as separate characters. Problem in | |
1314 creating a label? | |
497 | 1315 8 GTK 2: Combining UTF-8 characters are sometimes not drawn properly. |
1316 Depends on the font size, "monospace 13" has the problem. Vim seems to do | |
1317 everything right, must be a GTK bug. Is there a way to work around it? | |
7 | 1318 9 Can't paste a Visual selection from GTK-gvim to vim in xterm or Motif gvim |
1319 when it is longer than 4000 characters. Works OK from gvim to gvim and | |
1320 vim to vim. Pasting through xterm (using the shift key) also works. | |
1321 It starts working after GTK gvim loses the selection and gains it again. | |
795 | 1322 - Gnome2: When moving the toolbar out of the dock, so that it becomes |
1323 floating, it can no longer be moved. Therefore making it float has been | |
1324 blocked for now. | |
1325 | |
7 | 1326 |
1327 Win32 GUI known bugs: | |
713 | 1328 - Win32: tearoff menu window should have a scrollbar when it's taller than |
1329 the screen. | |
1125 | 1330 8 non-ASCII font names don't work. Need to convert from 'encoding' and use |
1331 the wide functions. | |
7 | 1332 8 On Windows 98 the unicows library is needed to support functions with UCS2 |
1333 file names. Can we load unicows.dll dynamically? | |
874 | 1334 8 When the primary monitor is below or right of the secondary monitor and |
1335 Vim is on the secondary monitor it will often move to the primary monitor. | |
1336 Window position coordinates can be negative. (James Harvey) | |
7 | 1337 8 The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications. |
1338 The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs. | |
1339 Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html | |
1340 8 In eval.c, io.h is included when MSWIN32 is defined. Shouldn't this be | |
1341 WIN32? Or can including io.h be moved to vim.h? (Dan Sharp) | |
1342 7 Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow | |
1343 pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to | |
1344 "lucida_console:h8"). | |
1345 6 Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":" | |
1346 of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor. (Lipelis) | |
22 | 1347 8 When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide |
1348 characters to make Asian languages work. Win32 fonts contain both | |
1349 type of characters. | |
7 | 1350 7 When font smoothing is enabled, redrawing can become very slow. The reason |
1351 appears to be drawing with a transparent background. Would it be possible | |
1352 to use an opaque background in most places? | |
1353 8 Use another default for 'termencoding': the active codepage. Means that | |
1354 when 'encoding' is changed typing characters still works properly. | |
1355 Alternative: use the Unicode functions to obtain typed characters. | |
1356 8 Win32: Multi-byte characters are not displayed, even though the same font | |
1357 in Notepad can display them. (Srinath Avadhanula) Try with the | |
1358 UTF-8-demo.txt page with Andale Mono. | |
1359 7 The cursor color indicating IME mode doesn't work properly. (Shizhu Pan, | |
1360 2004 May 9) | |
1361 8 Win32: When clicking on the gvim title bar, which gives it focus, produces | |
1362 a file-changed dialog, after clicking on a button in that dialog the gvim | |
1363 window follows the mouse. The button-up event is lost. Only with | |
1364 MS-Windows 98? | |
1365 Try this: ":set sw ts", get enter-prompt, then change the file in a | |
1366 console, go back to Vim and click "reload" in the dialog for the changed | |
1367 file: Window moves with the cursor! | |
1368 Put focus event in input buffer and let generic Vim code handle it? | |
1369 8 Win32: When mouse is hidden and in the toolbar, moving it won't make it | |
1370 appear. (Sami Salonen) | |
1371 8 Win32 GUI: With maximized window, ":set go-=r" doesn't use the space that | |
1372 comes available. (Poucet) It works OK on Win 98 but doesn't work on Win | |
1373 NT 4.0. Leaves a grey area where the scrollbar was. ":set go+=r" also | |
1374 doesn't work properly. | |
1375 8 When Vim is minimized and when maximizing it a file-changed dialog pops | |
1376 up, Vim isn't maximized. It should be done before the dialog, so that it | |
1377 appears in the right position. (Webb) | |
1378 9 When selecting at the more-prompt or hit-enter-prompt, the right mouse | |
1379 button doesn't give popup menu. | |
1380 At the hit-enter prompt CTRL-Y doesn't work to copy the modeless | |
1381 selection. | |
1382 On the command line, don't get a popup menu for the right mouse button. | |
1383 Let the middle button paste selected text (not the clipboard but the | |
1384 non-Visual selection)? Otherwise CTRL-Y has to be used to copy the text. | |
1385 8 When 'grepprg' doesn't execute, the error only flashes by, the | |
1386 user can hardly see what is wrong. (Moore) | |
1387 Could use vimrun with an "-nowait" argument to only wait when an error | |
1388 occurs, but "command.com" doesn't return an error code. | |
1389 8 When the 'shell' cannot be executed, should give an appropriate error msg. | |
1390 Esp. for a filter command, currently it only complains the file could not | |
1391 be read. | |
1392 7 Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width? Lucida | |
1393 Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char). | |
1394 Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'. | |
1395 7 At the hit-enter prompt scrolling now no longer works. Need to use the | |
1396 keyboard to get around this. Pretend <CR> was hit when the user tries to | |
533 | 1397 scroll? |
7 | 1398 7 Scrollbar width doesn't change when selecting other windows appearance. |
1399 Also background color of Toolbar and rectangle below vert. scrollbar. | |
1400 7 "!start /min cmd" should run in a minimized window, instead of using | |
1401 "/min" as the command name. (Rogall) | |
1402 6 Drawing text transparently doesn't seem to work (when drawing part cursor). | |
1403 8 CTRL key doesn't always work in combination with ALT key. It does work | |
1404 for function keys, not for alphabetic characters. Perhaps this is because | |
1405 CTRL-ALT is used by Windows as AltGr? | |
1406 8 CTRL-- doesn't work for AZERTY, because it's CTRL-[ for QWERTY. How do we | |
1407 know which keyboard is being used? | |
1408 7 When scrolling, and a background color is dithered, the dither pattern | |
1409 doesn't always join correctly between the scrolled area and the new drawn | |
1410 area (Koloseike). | |
1411 8 When gui_init_font() is called with "*", p_guifont is freed while it might | |
1412 still be used somewhere. This is too tricky, do the font selection first, | |
1413 then set the new font by name (requires putting all logfont parameters in | |
1414 the font name). | |
1415 | |
1416 | |
1417 Athena and Motif: | |
169 | 1418 6 New Motif toolbar button from Marcin Dalecki: |
1419 - When the mouse pointer is over an Agide button the red becomes black. | |
1420 Something with the way colors are specified in the .xpm file. | |
1421 - The pixmap is two pixels smaller than it should be. The gap is filled | |
1422 with grey instead of the current toolbar background color. | |
7 | 1423 9 Can configure be changed to disable netbeans if the Xpm library is |
1424 required and it's missing? | |
1425 8 When using the resource "Vim*borderwidth 2" the widgets are positioned | |
1426 wrong. | |
1427 9 XIM is disabled by default for SGI/IRIX. Fix XIM so that 'imdisable' can | |
1428 be off by default. | |
237 | 1429 9 XIM doesn't work properly for Athena/Motif. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) For now, |
7 | 1430 keep XIM active at all times when the input method has the preediting |
1431 flag. | |
1432 8 X11: A menu that contains an umlaut is truncated at that character. | |
1433 Happens when the locale is "C", which uses ASCII instead of IS0-8859-1. | |
1434 Is there a way to use latin1 by default? Gnome_init() seems to do this. | |
1435 8 Perhaps use fontsets for everything? | |
1436 6 When starting in English and switching the language to Japanese, setting | |
1437 the locale with ":lang", 'guifontset' and "hi menu font=", deleting all | |
1438 menus and setting them again, the menus don't use the new font. Most of | |
1439 the tooltips work though... | |
1440 7 Motif: when using a file selection dialog, the specified file name is not | |
1441 always used (when specifying a filter or another directory). | |
1442 8 When 'encoding' is different from the current locale (e.g., utf-8) the | |
1443 menu strings don't work. Requires conversion from 'encoding' to the | |
1444 current locale. Workaround: set 'langmenu'. | |
1445 | |
1446 | |
1447 Athena GUI: | |
1448 9 When dragging the scrollbar thumb very fast, focus is only obtained in | |
1449 the scrollbar itself. And the thumb is no longer updated when moving | |
1450 through files. | |
1451 7 The file selector is not resizable. With a big font it is difficult to | |
1452 read long file names. (Schroeder) | |
1453 4 Re-write the widget attachments and code so that we will not have to go | |
1454 through and calculate the absolute position of every widget every time the | |
1455 window is refreshed/changes size. This will help the "flashing-widgets" | |
1456 problem during a refresh. | |
1457 5 When starting gvim with all the default colors and then typing | |
1458 ":hi Menu guibg=cyan", the menus change color but the background of the | |
1459 pullright pixmap doesn't change colors. | |
1460 If you type ":hi Menu guibg=cyan font=anyfont", then the pixmap changes | |
1461 colors as it should. | |
1462 Allocating a new pixmap and setting the resource doesn't change the | |
1463 pullright pixmap's colors. Why? Possible Athena bug? | |
1464 | |
1465 | |
1466 Motif GUI: | |
713 | 1467 - gui_mch_browsedir() is missing. |
7 | 1468 7 Use XmStringCreateLocalized() instead of XmStringCreateSimple()? |
1469 David Harrison says it's OK (it exists in Motif 1.2). | |
1470 8 Lesstif: When deleting a menu that's torn off, the torn off menu becomes | |
1471 very small instead of disappearing. When closing it, Vim crashes. | |
1472 (Phillipps) | |
1473 | |
1474 | |
1475 GUI: | |
1476 9 On Solaris, creating the popup menu causes the right mouse button no | |
1477 longer to work for extending the selection. (Halevy) | |
1478 9 When running an external program, it can't always be killed with CTRL-C. | |
387 | 1479 e.g., on Solaris 5.5, when using "K" (Keech). Other 'guipty' problems on |
7 | 1480 Solaris 2.6. (Marley) |
1481 9 On Solaris: Using a "-geometry" argument, bigger than the window where Vim | |
1482 is started from, causes empty lines below the cmdline. (raf) | |
1483 8 X11 GUI: When menu is disabled by excluding 'm' from 'guioptions', ALT key | |
1484 should not be used to trigger a menu (like the Win32 version). | |
1485 8 When setting 'langmenu', it should be effective immediately. Store both | |
1486 the English and the translated text in the menu structure. Re-generate | |
1487 the translation when 'langmenu' has changed. | |
1488 8 Basic flaw in the GUI code: NextScreen is updated before calling | |
1489 gui_write(), but the GUI code relies on NextScreen to represent the state | |
1490 of where it is processing the output. | |
1491 Need better separation of Vim core and GUI code. | |
1492 8 When fontset support is enabled, setting 'guifont' to a single font | |
1493 doesn't work. | |
1494 8 Menu priority for sub-menus for: Amiga, BeOS. | |
720 | 1495 8 When translating menus ignore the part after the Tab, the shortcut. So |
1496 that the same menu item with a different shortcut (e.g., for the Mac) are | |
1497 still translated. | |
7 | 1498 8 Add menu separators for Amiga, RISCOS. |
1499 8 Add way to specify the file filter for the browse dialog. At least for | |
1500 browse(). | |
1501 8 Add dialog for search/replace to other GUIs? Tk has something for this, | |
1502 use that code? Or use console dialog. | |
1503 8 When selecting a font with the font dialog and the font is invalid, the | |
1504 error message disappears too quick. | |
169 | 1505 7 More features in the find/replace dialog: |
1506 - regexp on/off | |
1507 - search in selection/buffer/all buffers/directory | |
1508 when all buffers/directory is used: | |
1509 - filter for file name | |
1510 when directory is used: | |
1511 - subdirectory on/off | |
1512 - top directory browser | |
7 | 1513 8 gui_check_colors() is not called at the right moment. Do it much later, |
1514 to avoid problems. | |
1515 8 gui_update_cursor() is called for a cursor shape change, even when there | |
1516 are mappings to be processed. Only do something when going to wait for | |
1517 input. Or maybe every 100 ms? | |
1518 8 X11: When the window size is reduced to fit on screen, there are blank | |
1519 lines below the text and bottom scrollbar. "gvim -geometry 80x78+0+0". | |
1520 When the "+0+0" is omitted it works. | |
1521 8 When starting an external command, and 'guipty' set, BS and DEL are mixed | |
1522 up. Set erase character somehow? | |
1523 8 A dead circumflex followed by a space should give the '^' character | |
1524 (Rommel). Look how xterm does this. | |
1525 Also: Bednar has some code for dead key handling. | |
1526 Also: Nedit 5.0.2 with USE_XMIM does it right. (Gaya) | |
1527 8 The compose key doesn't work properly (Cepas). Both for Win32 and X11. | |
1528 7 The cursor in an inactive window should be hollow. Currently it's not | |
1529 visible. | |
1530 7 GUI on Solaris 2.5.1, using /usr/dt/..: When gvim starts, cursor is | |
1531 hollow, after window lowered/raised it's OK. (Godfrey) | |
1532 7 When starting GUI with ":gui", and window is made smaller because it | |
1533 doesn't fit on the screen, there is an extra redraw. | |
1534 8 When setting font with .Xdefaults, there is an extra empty line at the | |
1535 bottom, which disappears when using ":set guifont=<Tab>". (Chadzelek) | |
1536 8 When font shape changes, but not the size, doing ":set font=" does not | |
1537 redraw the screen with the new font. Also for Win32. | |
1538 When the size changes, on Solaris 2.5 there isn't a redraw for the | |
1539 remaining part of the window (Phillipps). | |
1540 - Flashes really badly in certain cases when running remotely from a Sun. | |
1541 4 Re-write the code so that the highlighting isn't changed multiple times | |
1542 when doing a ":hi clear". The color changes happen three or more times | |
1543 currently. This is very obvious on a 66Mhz 486. | |
1544 | |
1545 | |
1546 MSDOS/DJGPP: | |
1547 9 Pressing CTRL-C often crashes the console Vim runs in. (Ken Liao) | |
1548 When 'bioskey' isn't set it doesn't happen. Could be a problem with the | |
1549 BIOS emulation of the console. Version 5.6 already had this problem. | |
1550 8 DJGPP: "cd c:" can take us to a directory that no longer exists. | |
1551 change_drive() doesn't check this. How to check for this error? | |
1552 9 The 16 bit version runs out of memory very quickly. Should find unused | |
818 | 1553 code and reduce static data. Resetting 'writebackup' helps to be able to |
1554 write a file. | |
7 | 1555 9 Crash when running on Windows 98 in a console window and pressing CTRL-C. |
1556 Happens now and then. When debugging Vim in gdb this also happens. Since | |
1557 the console crashes, might be a bug in the DOS console. Resetting | |
1558 'bioskey' avoids it, but then CTRL-C doesn't work. | |
1559 9 DOS: Make CTRL-Fx and ALT-Fx work. | |
1560 CTRL-F1 = CE-5E, CTRL-F2 = CE-5F, .., CTRL-F10 = CE-67 | |
1561 ALT-F1 = CE-68, ALT-F2 = CE-69, .., ALT-F10 = CE-71 | |
1562 Shifted cursor keys produce same codes as unshifted keys. Use bioskey(2) | |
1563 to get modifier mask for <S-C-M-Fx>. | |
1564 Use K_SPECIAL/KS_MODIFIER codes to insert modifier mask in input stream? | |
1565 Make this work like in Win32 console. | |
1566 Mapping things like <M-A> doesn't work, because it generates an extended | |
1567 key code. Use a translation table? | |
1568 9 Can't read an opened swap file when the "share" command has not been used. | |
1569 At least ignore the swap files that Vim has opened itself. | |
1570 8 Use DJGPP 2.03. | |
1571 8 The Dos32 version (DJGPP) can't use long file names on Windows NT. | |
1572 Check if new package can be used (v2misc/ntlfn08[bs].zip). | |
1573 8 setlocale() is bogus. | |
1574 8 Vim busy waits for new characters or mouse clicks. Should put in some | |
1575 sort of sleep, to avoid eating 50% of the CPU time. Test on an unpatched | |
1576 Windows 95 system! | |
1577 8 DJGPP: when shell is bash, make fails. (Donahoe) | |
387 | 1578 7 Hitting CTRL-P twice quickly (e.g., in keyword completion) on a 8088 |
7 | 1579 machine, starts printer echo! (John Mullin). |
1580 7 MSDOS 16 bit version can't work with COMSPEC that has an argument, e.g.: | |
1581 COMSPEC=C:\WINDOWS\COMMAND.COM /E:4096 (Bradley) | |
1582 Caused by BCC system() function (Borland "make" has the same problem). | |
1583 8 Mouse: handle left&right button pressed as middle button pressed. Add | |
1584 modifier keys shift, ctrl and alt. | |
1585 7 When too many files are open (depends on FILES), strange things happen. | |
1586 The Dos16 version runs out of memory, in the Dos32 version "!ls" causes a | |
1587 crash. Another symptom: .swp files are not deleted, existing files are | |
1588 "[New file]". | |
1589 7 DJGPP version doesn't work with graphics display mode. Switch to a mode | |
1590 that is supported? | |
1591 8 DJGPP: ":mode" doesn't work for many modes. Disable them. | |
1592 8 DJGPP: When starting in Ex mode, shouldn't clear the screen. (Walter | |
1593 Briscoe) | |
1594 | |
1595 | |
1596 MSDOS, OS/2 and Win32: | |
1597 8 OS/2: Add backtick expansion. Undefine NO_EXPANDPATH and use | |
1598 gen_expand_wildcards(). | |
1599 8 OS/2: Add clipboard support? See example clipbrd.exe from Alexander | |
1600 Wagner. | |
1601 8 OS/2: Add Extended Attributes support and define HAVE_ACL. | |
1602 8 OS/2: When editing a file name "foo.txt" that is actually called FOO.txt, | |
1603 writing uses "foo.txt". Should obtain the real file name. | |
557 | 1604 8 Should $USERPROFILE be preferred above $HOMEDRIVE/$HOMEPATH? No, but it's |
1605 a good fallback, thus use: | |
1606 $HOME | |
1607 $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH | |
1608 SHGetSpecialFolderPath(NULL, lpzsPath, CSIDL_APPDATA, FALSE); | |
1609 $USERPROFILE | |
1610 SHGetSpecialFolderPath(NULL, lpzsPath, CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA, FALSE); | |
1611 $ALLUSERSPROFILE | |
1612 $SYSTEMDRIVE\ | |
1613 C:\ | |
7 | 1614 8 Win32 console: <M-Up> and <M-Down> don't work. (Geddes) We don't have |
1615 special keys for these. Should use modifier + key. | |
1616 8 Win32 console: caps-lock makes non-alpha keys work like with shift. | |
1617 Should work like in the GUI version. | |
1618 8 Environment variables in DOS are not case sensitive. Make a define for | |
1619 STRCMP_ENV(), and use it when comparing environment var names. | |
1620 8 Setting 'shellslash' has no immediate effect. Change all file names when | |
1621 it is set/reset? Or only use it when actually executing a shell command? | |
1622 8 When editing a file on a Samba server, case might matter. ":e file" | |
1623 followed by ":e FILE" will edit "file" again, even though "FILE" might be | |
1624 another one. Set last used name in buflist_new()? Fix do_ecmd(), etc. | |
1625 8 When a buffer is editing a file like "ftp://mach/file", which is not going | |
1626 to be used like a normal file name, don't change the slashes to | |
1627 backslashes. (Ronald Hoellwarth) | |
1628 | |
1629 | |
1630 Windows 95: | |
2207
b17bbfa96fa0
Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2206
diff
changeset
|
1631 8 Editing a file by its short file name and writing it, makes the long file |
7 | 1632 name disappear. Setting 'backupcopy' helps. |
1633 Use FindFirstFile()->cAlternateFileName in fname_case() (George Reilly). | |
1634 8 Doing wildcard expansion, will match the short filename, but result in the | |
1635 long filename (both DJGPP and Win32). | |
1636 | |
1637 | |
1638 Win32 console: | |
1639 9 When editing a file by its short file name, it should be expanded into its | |
1640 long file name, to avoid problems like these: (Mccollister) | |
1641 1) Create a file called ".bashrc" using some other editor. | |
1642 2) Drag that file onto a shortcut or the actual executable. | |
1643 3) Note that the file name is something like BASHRC~1 | |
1644 4) Go to File->Save As menu item and type ".bashrc" as the file name. | |
1645 5) Press "Yes" to indicate that I want to overwrite the file. | |
1646 6) Note that the message "File exists (add ! to override)" is displayed | |
1647 and the file is not saved. | |
1648 Use FindFirstFile() to expand a file name and directory in the path to its | |
1649 long name. | |
1650 8 Also implement 'conskey' option for the Win32 console version? Look at | |
1651 how Xvi does console I/O under Windows NT. | |
1652 7 Re-install the use of $TERM and support the use of different terminals, | |
1653 besides the console. | |
1654 8 Use of <altgr> modifier doesn't work? 5.3 was OK. (Garcia-Suarez/Guckes) | |
1655 9 Mapping <C-S-Tab> doesn't work correctly. How to see the difference with | |
1656 <C-S-i>? | |
1657 9 tmpnam() uses file in root of file system: "\asdf". That doesn't work on | |
1658 a Netware network drive. Use same function as for Win32 GUI? | |
1659 8 In os_win32.h, HAVE_STRICMP and HAVE_STRNICMP are defined only if __GNUC__ | |
1660 is not defined. Shouldn't that be the other way around? | |
1661 7 Use SetConsoleCP() and SetConsoleOutputCP() to implement 'termencoding'? | |
1662 Avoids that input and output work differently. Need to be restored when | |
1663 exiting. | |
1664 | |
1665 | |
1666 Amiga: | |
1667 8 In mch_inchar() should use convert_input_safe() to handle incomplete byte | |
1668 sequences. | |
1669 9 In mch_expandpath() a "*" is to be expanded, but "\*" isn't. Remove | |
1670 backslashes in result. | |
1671 8 Executing a shell, only one option for 'shell' is separated. Should do | |
1672 all options, using white space separation. | |
1673 | |
1674 | |
1675 Macintosh: | |
713 | 1676 - GUI: gui_mch_browsedir() is missing. |
9 | 1677 7 Patch to add 'transparency' option. Disadvantage: it's slow. (Eckehard |
1678 Berns, 2004 May 9) http://ecki.to/vim/TransBack-2004-05-09.diff | |
1679 Needs more work. Add when someone really wants it. | |
7 | 1680 7 Loading the Perl library only works on OS/X 10.2 or 10.3, never on both. |
1681 Load the Perl library dynamically see Python sources file dynload_mac | |
1682 (Jack) | |
1683 dynamic linking: http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2002/tn2064.html | |
1684 8 Inputting Unicode characters does not work in the terminal. They appear | |
1685 to arrive as upper and lower bytes. (David Brown, 2004 April 17) | |
1686 8 Typing Unicode characters doesn't work at all in the GUI. | |
1125 | 1687 8 inputdialog() doesn't resize when giving more text lines. (David Fishburn, |
1688 2006 Sept 28) | |
7 | 1689 9 Problems in Carbon version for OS X: (Benji Fisher) |
1690 - keyboard shortcuts in the menus get lost. | |
1691 8 The Vim/About menu doesn't work. | |
1692 8 ":gui" doesn't fork. Enabling the code in gui.c to fork causes a SEGV. | |
1693 8 Define vim_mkdir() for Macintosh. | |
1694 8 Define mch_writable() for Macintosh. | |
1695 9 When DiskLock is running, using a swap file causes a crash. Appears to be | |
1696 a problem with writing a file that starts with a dot. (Giacalone) | |
1697 9 On G3 Mac, OS version 8, control strip causes characters messed up when | |
1698 scrolling (CTRL-L cleans it up). (Benji Fisher) | |
1699 9 On G3 Mac, OS version 8, variable-speed scrolling doesn't work, after two | |
1700 seconds of scrolling the screen freezes. (Benji Fisher) | |
1701 9 In mac_expandpath() check that handling of backslashes is done properly. | |
1702 8 Standard Mac shortcuts are missing. (Amerige) | |
1703 8 Handling of non-fixed width fonts is wrong. (Amerige) | |
1704 | |
1705 | |
1706 "Small" problems: | |
1624 | 1707 - Can't disable terminal flow control, to enable the use of CTRL-S and |
1708 CTRL-Q. Add an option for it? | |
1125 | 1709 - When using e_secure in do_one_cmd() mention the command being executed, |
1710 otherwise it's not clear where it comes from. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1711 - When the quickfix window is open and executing ":echo 'hello'" using the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1712 Command-line window, the text is immediately removed by the redrawing. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1713 (Michael Henry, 2008 Nov 1) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1714 Generic solution: When redrawing while there is a message on the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1715 cmdline, don't erase the display but draw over the existing text. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1716 Other solution, redraw after closing the cmdline window, before executing |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
1717 the command. |
857 | 1718 9 For Turkish vim_tolower() and vim_toupper() also need to use utf_ |
1719 functions for characters below 0x80. (Sertacyildiz) | |
854 | 1720 9 When the last edited file is a help file, using '0 in a new Vim doesn't |
1668 | 1721 edit the file as a help file. 'filetype' is OK, but 'iskeyword' isn't, |
1722 file isn't readonly, etc. | |
7 | 1723 8 When an ":edit" is inside a try command and the ATTENTION prompt is used, |
1724 the :catch commands are always executed, also when the file is edited | |
1725 normally. Should reset did_emsg and undo side effects. Also make sure | |
16 | 1726 the ATTENTION message shows up. Servatius Brandt works on this. |
7 | 1727 8 ":g//" gives "Pattern not found error" with E486. Should not use the |
1728 error number, it's not a regular error message. | |
1729 7 Vimtutor leaves escape sequence in terminal. This is the xterm response to | |
1730 requesting the version number. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) | |
1731 8 When redirecting and using ":silent" the current column for displaying and | |
1732 redirection can be different. Use a separate variable to hold the column | |
1733 for redirection. | |
1734 7 The messages for "vim --help" and "vim --version" don't use | |
1735 'termencoding'. | |
1125 | 1736 - Could the hit-enter prompt be avoided when a message only overlaps the |
1737 'showcmd' area? Clear that area when the next cmd is typed. | |
7 | 1738 8 When 'scrollbind' is set, a window won't scroll horizontally if the cursor |
1739 line is too short. Add a word in 'scrollopt' to allow moving the cursor | |
1740 to longer line that is visible. A similar thing is done for the GUI when | |
1741 using the horizontal scrollbar. | |
1742 7 VisVim can only open one file. Hard to solve: each opened file is passed | |
1743 with a separate invocation, would need to use timestamps to know the | |
1744 invocations belong together. | |
1745 8 When giving a ":bwipeout" command a file-changed dialog may popup for this | |
1746 buffer, which is pointless. (Mike Williams) | |
1747 8 On MS-Windows ":make" doesn't show output while it is working. Use the | |
1748 tee.exe from http://unxutils.sourceforge.net/ ? About 16 Kbyte in the | |
1749 UnxUtils.zip archive. | |
1750 Alternate one: http://www.pramodx.20m.com/tee_for_win32.htm, but Walter | |
1751 Briscoe says it's not as good. | |
819 | 1752 8 "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multi-byte characters. |
844 | 1753 8 When doing Insert mode completion a mapping cannot recursively call |
1754 edit(), because the completion information is global. Put everything in | |
1755 an allocated structure? | |
1125 | 1756 6 Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack) |
7 | 1757 8 Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing |
1758 ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly) | |
1759 7 Output for ":scriptnames" and ":breaklist" should shorten the file names: | |
1760 use "~/" when possible. | |
1761 7 mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte | |
1762 character. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) It should return 1 when used on a tail | |
1763 byte, like for utf-8. Store second byte of double-byte in ScreenLines2[] | |
1764 (like for DBCS_JPNU) and put a zero in the second byte (like for UTF-8). | |
1765 8 'backupdir' and 'directory' should use $TMPDIR, $TMP and/or $TEMP when | |
1766 defined. | |
1767 7 Inside a function with "perl <<EOF" a line with "$i++" is recognized as an | |
1768 ":insert" command, causing the following "endfunction" not to be found. | |
1769 Add skipping this perl construction inside function definitions. | |
1770 7 When 'ttimeoutlen' is 10 and 'timeoutlen' is 1000, there is a keycode | |
1771 "<Esc>a" and a mapping <Esc>x", when typing "<Esc>a" with half a second | |
1772 delay should not be interpreted as a keycode. (Hans Ginzel) | |
1773 7 ":botright 1 new" twice causes all window heights to be changed. Make the | |
1774 bottom window only bigger as much as needed. | |
1775 7 The Cygwin and MingW makefiles define "PC", but it's not used anywhere. | |
1776 Remove? (Dan Sharp) | |
1777 9 User commands use the context of the script they were defined in. This | |
1778 causes a "s:var" argument to unexpectedly use a variable in the defining | |
1779 script, not the calling script. Add an argument to ":command": | |
1780 "-keepcontext". Do replace <SID>, so that a function in the defining | |
1781 script can be called. | |
1782 8 The Japanese message translations for MS-Windows are called ja.sjis.po, | |
1783 but they use encoding cp932. Rename the file and check that it still | |
1784 works. | |
1785 8 A very long message in confirm() can't be quit. Make this possible with | |
1786 CTRL-C. | |
1787 7 clip_x11_own_selection() uses CurrentTime, that is not allowed. VNC X | |
1788 server has a problem with this. (Mark Waggoner) Remembering the timestamp | |
1789 of events isn't always possible. We don't get them in an xterm. GTK | |
1790 doesn't obtain the selection again when the timestamp differs, thus it | |
1791 won't work for GTK anyway. | |
1792 8 When the clipboard isn't supported: ":yank*" gives a confusing error | |
1793 message. Specifically mention that the register name is invalid. | |
237 | 1794 8 "gf" always excludes trailing punctuation characters. file_name_in_line() |
7 | 1795 is currently fixed to use ".,:;!". Add an option to make this |
1796 configurable? | |
1797 8 'hkmap' should probably be global-local. | |
1798 9 When "$" is in 'cpoptions' and folding is active, a "C" command changes | |
1799 the folds and resets w_lines_valid. The display updating doesn't work | |
1800 then. (Pritesh Mistry) | |
1801 8 Using ":s" in a function changes the previous replacement string. Save | |
1802 "old_sub" in save_search_patterns()? | |
1125 | 1803 8 Should allow multi-byte characters for the delimiter: ":s+a+b+" where "+" |
1804 is a multi-byte character. | |
7 | 1805 8 When appending to a file and 'patchmode' isn't empty, a backup file is |
1806 always written, even when the original file already exists. | |
1807 7 When using "daw" on the last word in a file and this is a single letter, | |
1808 nothing is deleted. Should delete the letter and preceding white space. | |
1809 9 When getting focus while writing a large file, could warn for this file | |
1810 being changed outside of Vim. Avoid checking this while the file is being | |
1811 written. | |
1812 7 The message in bt_dontwrite_msg() could be clearer. | |
1813 8 The script ID that is stored with an option and displayed with ":verbose | |
1814 set" isn't reset when the option is set internally. For example when | |
1815 'foldlevel' is set from 'foldlevelstart'. | |
856 | 1816 8 Also store the line number with the script ID and use it for ":verbose", |
1817 so that "set nocompatible" is found when it changes other option values. | |
1125 | 1818 When an option is set indirectly mention the command? E.g. when |
1819 ":diffsplit" sets 'foldmethod'. | |
7 | 1820 8 In the fileformat dialog, "Cancel" isn't translated. Add a global |
1821 variable for this. (Eduardo Fernandez) | |
1822 9 When editing a file with 'readonly' set, there is no check for an existing | |
1823 swap file. Then using ":write" (without making any changes) doesn't give | |
1824 a warning either. Should check for an existing swap file without creating | |
1698 | 1825 one. Unfinished patch by Ian Kelling, 2008 July 14. |
7 | 1826 7 When 'showbreak' is set, the amount of space a Tab occupies changes. |
1827 Should work like 'showbreak' is inserted without changing the Tabs. | |
1828 7 When 'mousefocus' is set and switching to another window with a typed | |
1829 command, the mouse pointer may be moved to a part of the window that's | |
1830 covered by another window and we lose focus. Only move in the y | |
1831 direction, not horizontally? | |
1832 8 ":hardcopy": | |
1833 - Using the cterm_color[] table is wrong when t_colors is > 16. | |
1834 - Need to handle unprintable characters. | |
1835 - Win32: On a B&W printer syntax highlighting isn't visible. Perform | |
1836 dithering to make grey text? | |
1837 - Add a flag in 'printoptions' to add an empty page to make the total | |
1838 number even. "addempty"? (Mike Williams) | |
24 | 1839 - Respect 'linebreak'. Perhaps also 'showbreak'? |
2283
7e1bd501306d
Mainly documentation updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
1840 - Should interpret CTRL-L as a page break. |
7 | 1841 - Grey line numbers are not always readable. Add field in 'printoptions'. |
1842 Default to black when no syntax highlighting. | |
1843 - Be able to print a window in diff mode. | |
1844 - Be able to specify a colorscheme to use for printing. And a separate | |
1845 one for B&W printing (if that can be detected). | |
1846 8 In Visual block mode with 'lbr' set, a change command doesn't insert the | |
1847 text in following lines where the linebreak changes. | |
1848 9 dosinst.c: The DJGPP version can't uninstall the Uninstall registry key on | |
1849 Windows NT. How to install a .inf file on Windows NT and how to detect | |
1850 that Windows NT is being used? | |
1851 8 When 'virtualedit' is "block,insert" and encoding is "utf-8", selecting a | |
1852 block of one double-wide character, then "d" deletes only half of it. | |
1853 8 When 'virtualedit' is set, should "I" in blockwise visual mode also insert | |
1854 in lines that don't extend into the block? | |
1855 8 With 'virtualedit' set, in Insert mode just after the end of line, CTRL-O | |
1856 yh does not yank the last character of the line. (Pavel Papushev) | |
1857 Doing "hl" first appears to make it work. | |
1858 8 With 'virtualedit' set it's possible to move into the blank area from | |
1859 'linebreak'. | |
1860 8 With 'virtualedit' set and 'selection' "exclusive", a Visual selection | |
1861 that ends in or after a tab, "d" doesn't delete (part of) the tab. | |
1862 (Helmut Stiegler) | |
1863 9 When jumping to a tag, the search pattern is put in the history. When | |
1864 'magic' is on, the pattern may not work. Translate the pattern depending | |
1865 on p_magic when putting it in the history? Alternative: Store value of | |
1866 'magic' in history. (Margo) | |
1867 9 optwin.vim: Restoring a mapping for <Space> or <CR> is not correct for | |
1868 ":noremap". Add "mapcmd({string}, {mode})? Use code from ":mkexrc". | |
1869 9 incsearch is incorrect for "/that/<Return>/this/;//" (last search pattern | |
1870 isn't updated). | |
1871 9 term_console is used before it is set (msdos, Amiga). | |
1872 9 Get out-of-memory for ":g/^/,$s//@/" on 1000 lines, this is not handled | |
1873 correctly. Get many error messages while redrawing the screen, which | |
1874 cause another redraw, etc. | |
1875 8 [<C-I> doesn't work when '*' is in 'iskeyword'. find_pattern_in_path() | |
1876 must escape special characters in the pattern. | |
1877 8 Vim can overwrite a read-only file with ":w!". ":w" can't overwrite an | |
1878 existing file, "w!" can, but perhaps not a read-only file? Then use | |
1879 ":w!!" for that. | |
1880 Or ask for permission to overwrite it (if file can be made writable) and | |
1881 restore file to readonly afterwards. | |
460 | 1882 Overwriting a file for which a swap file exists is similar issue. |
7 | 1883 7 When compiled with "xterm_clipboard", startup can be slower and might get |
1884 error message for invalid $DISPLAY. Try connecting to the X server in the | |
1885 background (forked), so that Vim starts up quicker? Connect as soon as | |
1886 the clipboard is to be used (Visual select mode starts, paste from | |
1887 clipboard) | |
1888 7 X11: Some people prefer to use CLIPBOARD instead of PRIMARY for the normal | |
1889 selection. Add an "xclipboard" argument to the 'clipboard' option? (Mark | |
1890 Waggoner) | |
1891 8 For xterm need to open a connection to the X server to get the window | |
1892 title, which can be slow. Can also get the title with "<Esc>[21t", no | |
1893 need to use X11 calls. This returns "<Esc>]l{title}<Esc>\". | |
34 | 1894 6 When the xterm reports the number of colors, a redraw occurs. This is |
1895 annoying on a slow connection. Wait for the xterm to report the number of | |
1896 colors before drawing the screen. With a timeout. | |
7 | 1897 8 When the builtin xterm termcap contains codes that are not wanted, need a |
1898 way to avoid using the builtin termcap. | |
1899 8 Xterm sends ^[[H for <Home> and ^[[F for <End> in some mode. Also | |
1900 recognize these keys? Mostly useful for xterm simulators, like gnometerm. | |
1901 See http://dickey.his.com/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style. | |
837 | 1902 8 For xterm also recognize keypad up/down/left/right and insert. |
7 | 1903 8 '[ and '] should be set to start/end of line when using a linewise operator |
1904 (e.g., ":w"). | |
1905 8 CTRL-A can't handle big "long" numbers, they become negative. Check for | |
1906 "-" character, if not present, use unsigned long. | |
1907 8 Make it possible to disable the special meaning of "#" in the first column | |
1908 for ">>". | |
1909 8 Add suspending with CTRL-Z at the "more" prompt, and when executing a long | |
1910 script in do_cmdline(). | |
1911 8 When using 'hidden', many swap files will be open. When Vim runs into the | |
1912 maximum number of open files, error messages will appear. Detect that | |
1913 this problem is present, and close any hidden files that don't have | |
1914 changes. | |
1915 8 With 'viminfo' set such that the ".viminfo" file is written on a FAT | |
1916 filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim". | |
1917 8 For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to | |
1918 check for file marks. This can be slow. | |
1919 7 In xterm, recognize both vt100 and vt220 cursor keys. Change | |
1920 add_termcode() to not remove an existing entry for a name, when it's | |
1921 needed. | |
1922 Need a generic solution to recognize different codes for the same key. | |
1923 8 Core dump within signal function: gdb doesn't show stack backtrace! Option | |
1924 to skip catch_signals()? | |
1925 9 Repeating a "cw" with "." doesn't work if the text was pasted from the | |
1926 clipboard. (Thomas Jones) It's because the menu/toolbar item exits Insert | |
1927 mode and uses "gP". How to fix this without breaking inserting a block of | |
1928 text? | |
1929 8 In Replace mode pasting from the clipboard (using menu or toolbar) inserts | |
1930 all the text. Add ":rmenu"? | |
1931 8 Pasting with the mouse in Replace mode inserts the text, instead of | |
1932 overwriting, when it is more than one line. Same for using <C-R>. | |
1933 9 CTRL-E and CTRL-Y don't work in small window when 'so' is 4 and lines are | |
1934 wrapping (Acevedo/in.226). E.g., when using CTRL-E, window height 7, | |
1935 window might actually scroll down when last line of buffer is displayed. | |
1936 --> Remember if the previous command was "cursor follows screen" or | |
1937 "screen follow cursor" and use this in cursupdate(). | |
1938 7 tilde_replace() can only handle "~/", should also do "~user/". | |
1939 Get the list of home directories (from /etc/passwd? Use getpwent()) and | |
1940 use some clever algorithm to match a path with that. Find common strings | |
1941 in the list? | |
1942 8 When dragging status line with mouse, sometimes a jump when first clicking | |
1943 on the status line (caused by 'winheight'). Select window on button up, | |
1944 instead of on button down. | |
1945 8 Dragging the status line doesn't scroll but redraw. | |
1946 9 Evaluating 'statusline' in build_stl_str_hl() does not properly check for | |
1947 reaching the end of the available buffer. | |
1125 | 1948 Patch to dynamically allocate the buffer for % items. (Eric Arnold, 2006 |
1949 May 14) | |
7 | 1950 8 When performing incremental search, should abort searching as soon as a |
1951 character is typed. | |
1952 8 When the value of $MAKE contains a path, configure can't handle this. | |
1953 It's an autoconf bug. Remove the path from $MAKE to work around it. | |
1954 8 How to set VIMRC_FILE to \"something\" for configure? Why does this not | |
1955 work: CFLAGS='-DVIMRC_FILE=\"/mydir/myfile\"' ./configure | |
1956 8 The temporary file is sometimes not writable. Check for this, and use an | |
1957 alternate name when it isn't. Or add the 'temptemplate' option: template | |
1958 for the temp file name ":set temptemplate=/usr/tmp/?????.tmp". | |
1959 Also: Win32 version uses Windows temp directory, which might not work for | |
1960 cygwin bash. | |
1961 7 Get error "*, \+ or \( operand could be empty" for pattern "\(.\)\1\{3}". | |
1962 Remember flags for backreferences. | |
1963 7 When switching to Daylight Saving Time, Vim complains that a file has been | |
1964 changed since last read. Can we use a function that uses GMT? | |
1965 7 When completing an environment variable after a '$', check for file names | |
1966 that contain a '$' after all have been found. | |
1967 8 When "cm" termcap entry is missing, starting gvim shouldn't complain about | |
1968 it. (Lohner) Try out with "vt100" entry, cm replaced with cX. | |
1969 7 When an include file starts with "../", the check for already visiting | |
1970 this file doesn't work. Need to simplify the file name. | |
1971 7 The names and comments for the arguments of do_browse() are confusing. | |
1972 "dflt" isn't the default file name when "initdir" is not NULL and | |
1973 "initdir" is the default path to be used. | |
1974 7 When 'scrolloff' is exactly half the window height, "j" causes a scroll of | |
1975 two lines at a time. "k" doesn't do this. (Cory T. Echols) | |
1976 8 When write_viminfo() is used while there are many orphaned viminfo | |
1977 tempfiles writing the viminfo file fails. Give a clear error message so | |
1978 that the user knows he has to delete the files. | |
1979 7 It's possible to redefine a script-local function with ":func | |
1980 <SNR>123_Test()". (Krishna) Disallow this. | |
1981 | |
1982 | |
1983 I can't reproduce these (if you can, let me know how!): | |
1984 9 NT 4.0 on NTFS file system: Editing ".bashrc" (drag and drop), file | |
1985 disappears. Editing ".xyz" is OK. Also, drag&drop only works for three | |
1986 files. (McCollister) | |
1987 | |
1988 | |
1989 Problems that will (probably) not be solved: | |
835 | 1990 - GTK: when using the popup menu with spelling suggestions and releasing the |
1991 right mouse button before the menu appears selecting an item with the | |
1992 right mouse button has no effect. GTK does not produce an event for this. | |
1698 | 1993 - GTK 2: Cannot use the file selector. When using it many things become |
1994 slow. This is caused by some code in GTK that writes | |
1995 ~/.recently-used.xbel every time an event is handled. It assumes the main | |
1996 loop is never quit, which is a wrong assumption. Also, it overwrites the | |
1997 file with different file permissions, which is a privacy issue. This | |
1998 needs to be fixed in GTK. A solution in Vim would be really complicated. | |
1999 (2008 Jul 31) | |
34 | 2000 - xterm title: The following scenario may occur (esp. when running the Vim |
2001 test script): Vim 1 sets the title to "file1", then restores the title to | |
162 | 2002 "xterm" with an ESC sequence when exiting. Vim 2 obtains the old title |
34 | 2003 with an X library call, this may result in "file1", because the window |
2004 manager hasn't processed the "xterm" title yet. Can apparently only be | |
2005 worked around with a delay. | |
7 | 2006 - In a terminal with 'mouse' set such that the mouse is active when entering |
2007 a command line, after executing a shell command that scrolls up the | |
2008 display and then pressing ":": Selecting text with the mouse works like | |
2009 the display wasn't scrolled. Vim doesn't know how much the external | |
2010 command scrolled up the display. Use Shift to select text. | |
2011 - X windows: When $DISPLAY points to a X server where there is no access | |
2012 permission, trying to connect to the X server causes an error message. | |
2013 XtOpenDisplay() prints this directly, there is no way to avoid it. | |
2014 - X windows: Setting 'guifontset' to an illegal value sometimes crashes Vim. | |
2015 This is caused by a fault in a X library function, can't be solved in Vim. | |
1125 | 2016 - Win32 tcl: has("tcl") hangs when the tcl84.dll is from cygwin. |
7 | 2017 - Motif: When adding a menu item "Find this &Symbol", the "s" in "this" will |
2018 be underlined, instead of in "Symbol". Motif doesn't let us specify which | |
2019 character gets the highlighting. | |
2020 - Moving the cursor removes color in color-xterm. This is a color-xterm | |
2021 problem! color-xterm ver. 6.1 beta 3 and later work properly. | |
2022 - In zsh, "gvim&" changes the terminal settings. This is a zsh problem. | |
2023 (Jennings) | |
2024 - Problem with HPterm under X: old contents of window is lost (Cosentino). | |
2025 - Amiga: When using quickfix with the Manx compiler we only get the first 25 | |
2026 errors. How do we get the rest? | |
2027 - Amiga: The ":cq" command does not always abort the Manx compiler. Why? | |
237 | 2028 - Linux: A file with protection r--rw-rw- is seen readonly for others. The |
7 | 2029 access() function in GNU libc is probably wrong. |
2030 - MSDOS: When using smartdrive with write-back buffering, writing to a | |
2031 readonly floppy will cause problems. How to test for a writable floppy | |
2032 first? | |
2033 - MSDOS: Both 16 and 32 bit versions: File name expansion doesn't work for | |
2034 names that start with a dot. These used to be illegal file names. | |
2035 - When doing a CTRL-Z and typing a command for the shell, while Vim is busy | |
2036 (e.g. writing a file), the command for the shell is sometimes eaten by Vim, | |
2037 because the terminal mode is changed from RAW to CBREAK. | |
2038 - An old version of GNU tgoto can't handle the terminfo code for "AF". The | |
2039 "%p1" is interpreted as "%p" and "1", causing color not to be working. | |
2040 Fix: Change the "%p1" in the "AF" and "AB" terminfo entries to "%p". | |
2041 (Benzinger). | |
2042 - When running an external command from the GUI, typeahead is going to that | |
2043 program, not to Vim. It looks like the shell eats the characters, Vim | |
2044 can't get back what the external command didn't use. | |
2045 - Win32 GUI: Error code from external command not returned in shell_error. | |
2046 It appears that cmd.exe and command.com don't return an error code. | |
2047 - Win32 GUI: The Toolbar is a bit too high when the flat style is being | |
2048 used. We don't have control over the height of the Toolbar. | |
2049 - Win32: All files created on the day of switching from winter to summer | |
2050 time cause "changed since editing started" messages. It goes away when | |
2051 the file is written again the next day, or the timezone is adjusted. | |
2052 DJGPP version is OK. (Zaimi) Looks like a problem with the Win32 library. | |
2053 Rebooting doesn't help. Time stamps look OK in directory. (Penn) | |
2054 Is this on FAT (stores wall clock time) or NTFS (stores UTS)? | |
2055 - Win32, MS-Windows XP: $HOME uses the wrong drive when the user profiles | |
2056 are not on the boot disk. This is caused by a wrong value of $HOMEDRIVE. | |
2057 This is a bug in XP, see MSKB article 818134. | |
2058 - SunOS 5.5.1 with Motif: The file open dialog does not have a horizontal | |
2059 scroll bar for the "files" selection. This is a problem in the Motif | |
2060 libraries, get a patch from Sun. | |
2061 - Solaris 2.6 with GTK and Perl: gvim crashes when started. Problem with X | |
2062 input method called from GDK code. Without Perl it doesn't crash. | |
2063 - VMS: Vimdiff doesn't work with the VMS diff, because the output looks | |
2064 different. This makes test 47 fail. Install a Unix-compatible diff. | |
2065 - VMS v7.1 and older: Tests 21 and 32 fail. From VMS v7.1-2 and newer Vim | |
2066 does not have this behavior. (Zoltan Arpadffy) | |
2067 - Win32 GUI: mouse wheel always scrolls rightmost window. The events arrive | |
2068 in Vim as if the rightmost scrollbar was used. | |
2069 - GTK with Gnome: Produces an error message when starting up: | |
2070 Gdk-WARNING **: locale not supported by C library | |
2071 This is caused by the gnome library gnome_init() setting $LC_CTYPE to | |
2072 "en_US". Not all systems support this locale name, thus causing the | |
2073 error. Hopefully a newer version of GTK/Gnome fixes this problem. | |
2074 - GTK 2: With this mapping the hit-enter prompt is _sometimes_ below the | |
2075 screen, at other times there is a grey area below the command line: | |
2076 :nmap <F11> :if &guioptions=~'m' \| set guioptions-=m \| else \| set guioptions+=m \| endif<cr> | |
2077 - GTK: When pasting a selection from Vim to xclipboard gvim crashes with a | |
2078 ABRT signal. Probably an error in the file gdkselection.c, the assert | |
2079 always fails when XmbTextListToTextProperty() fails. (Tom Allard) | |
10 | 2080 - GTK 2: gives an assertion error for every non-builtin icon in the toolbar. |
2081 This is a GTK 2.4.x bug, fixed in GTK 2.4.2. (Thomas de Grenier de Latour) | |
7 | 2082 - When using an xterm that supports the termresponse feature, and the 't_Co' |
2083 termcap option was wrong when Vim started, it will be corrected when the | |
2084 termresponse is received. Since the number of colors changes, the | |
2085 highlighting needs to be initialized again. This may cause colors defined | |
2086 in the vimrc file to be lost. | |
2087 - On Windows NT 4.0 the number of files passed to Vim with drag&drop and | |
2088 "Edit with Vim" is limited. The maximum command line length is 255 chars. | |
2089 | |
2090 --------------------- extensions and improvements ---------------------- | |
2091 *extensions-improvements* | |
2092 | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2093 Most interesting new features to be added when all bugs have been fixed: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2094 - Using ":exe edit fname" has escaping problems. Use ":edit ++(fname)". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2095 Thus use "++=" to give arguments as expressions, comma separated as if |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2096 calling a function. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2097 With options: ":edit ++(['!', '++enc=abc'], ['+/pat'], fname)". |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2098 Alternative: Make a function for Ex commands: cmd_edit(). |
713 | 2099 - Add COLUMN NUMBERS to ":" commands ":line1,line2[col1,col2]cmd". Block |
2100 can be selected with CTRL-V. Allow '$' (end of line) for col2. | |
2101 - Add DEBUGGER INTERFACE. Implementation for gdb by Xavier de Gaye. | |
2102 Should work like an IDE. Try to keep it generic. Now found here: | |
2103 http://clewn.sf.net. | |
2104 And the idevim plugin/script. | |
2105 To be able to start the debugger from inside Vim: For GUI run a program | |
2106 with a netbeans connection; for console: start a program that splits the | |
2107 terminal, runs the debugger in one window and reconnect Vim I/O to the | |
2108 other window. | |
2109 Wishes for NetBeans commands: | |
2110 - make it possible to have 'defineAnnoType' also handle terminal colors. | |
2111 - send 'balloonText' events for the cursor position (using CursorHold ?) | |
2112 in terminal mode. | |
2113 - ECLIPSE plugin. Problem is: the interface is very complicated. Need to | |
2114 implement part in Java and then connect to Vim. Some hints from Alexandru | |
2115 Roman, 2004 Dec 15. Should then also work with Oracle Jdeveloper, see JSR | |
2116 198 standard http://www.jcp.org/en/jsr/detail?id=198. | |
2117 Eclim does it: http://eclim.sourceforge.net/ (Eric Van Dewoestine) | |
2118 Plugin that uses a terminal emulator: http://vimplugin.sf.net | |
1125 | 2119 And another one: http://www.satokar.com/viplugin/index.php |
713 | 2120 - STICKY CURSOR: Add a way of scrolling that leaves the cursor where it is. |
2121 Especially when using the scrollbar. Typing a cursor-movement command | |
2122 scrolls back to where the cursor is. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2123 - Scroll commands by screen line. g CTRL-E and g CTRL-Y ? Requires the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2124 first line to be able to start halfway. |
713 | 2125 - Running a shell command from the GUI still has limitations. Look into how |
2126 the terminal emulator of the Vim shell project can help: | |
2127 http://vimshell.wana.at | |
2128 8 Add a command to jump to a certain kind of tag. Allow the user to specify | |
2129 values for the optional fields. E.g., ":tag size type=m". | |
2130 Also allow specifying the file and command, so that the result of | |
2131 taglist() can be used. | |
769 | 2132 - X11: Make it possible to run Vim inside a window of another program. |
2133 This can be done with XReparentWindow(). But how exactly? | |
713 | 2134 |
2135 | |
7 | 2136 Documentation: |
1125 | 2137 8 List of Vim runtime directories. dotvim.txt from Charles Campbell, 2007 |
2138 Feb 20. | |
36 | 2139 8 The GUI help should explain the Find and Find/Replace dialogs. Add a link |
2140 to it from ":promptrepl" and ":promptfind". | |
22 | 2141 8 List of options should mention whether environment variables are expanded |
2142 or not. | |
7 | 2143 8 Extend usr_27.txt a bit. (Adam Seyfarth) |
2144 7 Add a section on debugging scripts in the user manual. | |
2145 9 Make the Reference Manual more precise. For each command mention: | |
2146 - change to cursor position and curswant | |
2147 - if it can be undone (u/CTRL-R) and redone (.) | |
2148 - how it works for folded lines | |
2149 - how it works with multi-byte characters | |
2150 9 In change.txt, remark about Javadoc isn't right. Right alignment would | |
2151 work too. | |
2152 8 Spread the windows commands over the other files. For example, ":stag" | |
2153 should be with ":tag". Cross-link with tags to avoid too much double | |
2154 text. | |
2155 8 Add tags for all features, e.g. "gui_running". | |
2156 7 MS-Windows: When a wrong command is typed with an ALT key, give a hint to | |
2157 look at the help for 'winaltkeys'. | |
2158 7 Add a help.vim plugin that maps <Tab> to jump to the next tag in || and | |
2159 <C-Tab> (and <S-Tab>) to the previous tag. | |
1624 | 2160 Patch by Balazs Kezes, 2007 Dec 30. Remark from A. Politz. |
7 | 2161 - Check text editor compendium for vi and Vim remarks. |
2162 | |
2163 | |
2164 Help: | |
2165 - First try using the ":help" argument literally, before using it as a | |
2166 pattern. And then match it as part of a tag. | |
2167 - When a help item has multiple matches make it possible to use ":tn" to go | |
2168 to the other matches. | |
2169 - Support a way to view (and edit) .info files. | |
2170 - Default mapping for help files: <Tab> to position cursor on next |:tag|. | |
2171 - Implement a "sticky" help window, some help text lines that are always | |
2172 displayed in a window with fixed height. (Guckes) Use "~/.vimhelp" file, | |
2173 user can edit it to insert his favorite commands, new account can contain a | |
2174 default contents. | |
2175 - Make 'winminheight' a local option, so that the user can set a minimal | |
2176 height for the help window (and other windows). | |
2177 - ":help :s^I" should expand to ":help :substitute". | |
2178 - Make the help key (<F1>) context sensitive? | |
2179 - Learn mode: show short help while typing commands. | |
2180 | |
2181 | |
2182 User Friendlier: | |
419 | 2183 8 Windows install with NSIS: make it possible to do a silent install, see |
2184 http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12 | |
7 | 2185 8 Windows install with install.exe: Use .exe instead of .bat files for |
2186 links, so that command line arguments are passed on unmodified? (Walter | |
2187 Briscoe) | |
2188 8 Windows install: Be able to associate Vim with a selection of file types? | |
2189 8 Windows uninstall: Have uninstal.c delete the vimfiles directories that | |
2190 dosinst.c creates. List the contents of the directory (recursively) if | |
2191 the user asks for it. Requires an implementation of "rm -rf". | |
2192 8 Remember the name of the vimrc file that was used (~/.vimrc, $VIM/_vimrc, | |
2193 $HOME/_vimrc, etc.) and add "edit vimrc" to the File menu. | |
2194 - Add a way to save local settings and mappings into a new plugin file. | |
2195 ":mkplugin <file>"? | |
2196 8 Add ":plugininstall" command. Can be used to install a plugin file that | |
2197 includes documentation. Let the user select a directory from | |
2198 'runtimepath'. | |
2199 " Vim plugin | |
2200 <main plugin code> | |
2201 " >>> plugin help start <<< | |
2202 <plugin docs> | |
2203 - Add mappings local to a window: ":map <window> ..."? | |
2204 9 Add buffer-local menu. Should offer a choice between removing the menu or | |
2205 disabling it. Be careful that tear-offs don't disappear (keep one empty | |
2206 item?). | |
2207 Alternative: use BufEnter and BufLeave autocommands. | |
2208 8 make a vimtutor script for Amiga and other systems. | |
2209 7 Add the arguments for configure to the ":version" output? | |
387 | 2210 7 When Vim detects a file is being edited elsewhere and it's a gvim session |
2211 of the same user it should offer a "Raise" button, so that the other gvim | |
2212 window can be displayed. (Eduard) | |
640 | 2213 8 Support saving and restoring session for X windows? It should work to do |
2214 ":mksession" and use "-S fname" for the restart command. The | |
2215 gui_x11_wm_protocol_handler() already takes care of the rest. | |
2216 global_event_filter() for GTK. | |
7 | 2217 |
2218 | |
693 | 2219 Tab pages: |
2220 9 GUI implementation for the tab pages line for other systems. | |
1125 | 2221 7 GUI: Control over the appearance of the text in the labels (bold, color, |
2222 font, etc.) | |
693 | 2223 8 Make GUI menu in tab pages line configurable. Like the popup menu. |
838 | 2224 8 balloons for the tab page labels that are shortened to show the full path. |
693 | 2225 8 :tabmove +N move tab page N pages forward |
2226 8 :tabmove -N move tab page N pages backward | |
2227 7 :tabdup duplicate the tab with all its windows. | |
2228 7 Option to put tab line at the left or right? Need an option to specify | |
1226 | 2229 its width. It's like a separate window with ":tabs" output. |
693 | 2230 7 Add local variables for each tab page? |
2231 8 Add local options for each tab page? E.g., 'diffopt' could differ between | |
2232 tab pages. | |
2233 7 Add local highlighting for each tab page? | |
1125 | 2234 7 Add local directory for tab pages? How would this interfere with |
2235 window-local directories? | |
693 | 2236 |
2237 | |
388 | 2238 Spell checking: |
1668 | 2239 - have some way not to give spelling errors for a range of characters. |
2240 E.g. for Chinese and other languages with specific characters for which we | |
2241 don't have a spell file. Useful when there is also text in other | |
2242 languages in the file. | |
1125 | 2243 - Support more regions? Caolan McNamara argues it's needed for es_XX. |
2244 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219777 | |
2245 - Unicode defines another quote character: 0x2019. Use it as an equivalent | |
2246 of a single quote, thus use it as a word character like a quote and match | |
2247 with words, replacing the curly quote with a single quote. | |
2248 - Could filter é things for HTML before doing spell checking. | |
2249 Similarly for TeX. | |
860 | 2250 - The Hungarian spell file uses four extra characters in the FOL/UPP/LOW |
2251 items than other spell files with the ISO-8859-2 encoding, that causes | |
2252 problem when changing 'spelllang'. There is no obvious way to fix this. | |
827 | 2253 - Considering Hunspell 1.1.4: |
2254 What does MAXNGRAMSUGS do? | |
2255 Is COMPLEXPREFIXES necessary when we have flags for affixes? | |
1624 | 2256 - Support spelling words in CamelCase as if they were two separate words. |
2257 Requires some option to enable it. (Timothy Knox) | |
2072 | 2258 - There is no Finnish spell checking file. For openoffice Voikko is now |
1125 | 2259 used, which is based on Malaga: http://home.arcor.de/bjoern-beutel/malaga/ |
2260 (Teemu Likonen) | |
827 | 2261 8 ":mkspell" still takes much too long in Hungarian dictionary from |
2262 hunspell. Only solution appears to be to postpone secondary suffixes. | |
2263 8 Handle postponed prefix with COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG or COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG. | |
2264 WFP_COMPPERMIT and WFP_COMPFORBID | |
2265 8 implement use of <compoptions> in .spl file: | |
2266 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDREP: when a compound word seems to be OK apply REP | |
1668 | 2267 items and check if the result is a valid word. |
827 | 2268 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP |
2269 implement CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE | |
2270 Add CHECKCOMPOUNDCASE: when compounding make leading capital lower case. | |
2271 How is it supposed to work? | |
819 | 2272 - Add a command the repeats ]s and z=, showing the misspelled word in its |
2273 context. Thus to spell-check a whole file. | |
700 | 2274 - suggestion for "KG" to "kg" when it's keepcase. |
821 | 2275 - For flags on affixes: Use a "AFFCOMPSET" flag; means the compound flags of |
2276 the word are not used. | |
798 | 2277 - Support breakpoint character ? 0xb7 and ignore it? Makes it possible to |
713 | 2278 use same wordlist for hyphenation. |
809 | 2279 - Compound word is accepted if nr of words is <= COMPOUNDWORDMAX OR nr of |
501 | 2280 syllables <= COMPOUNDSYLMAX. Specify using AND in the affix file? |
625 | 2281 - NEEDCOMPOUND also used for affix? Or is this called ONLYINCOMPOUND now? |
2282 Or is ONLYINCOMPOUND only for inside a compound, not at start or end? | |
501 | 2283 - Do we need a flag for the rule that when compounding is done the following |
2284 word doesn't have a capital after a word character, even for Onecap words? | |
2285 - New hunspell home page: http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/ | |
538 | 2286 - Version 1.1.0 is out now, look into that. |
501 | 2287 - Lots of code depends on LANG, that isn't right. Enable each mechanism |
2288 in the affix file separately. | |
2289 - Example with compounding dash is bad, gets in the way of setting | |
809 | 2290 COMPOUNDMIN and COMPOUNDWORDMAX to a reasonable value. |
501 | 2291 - PSEUDOROOT == NEEDAFFIX |
2292 - COMPOUNDROOT -> COMPOUNDED? For a word that already is a compound word | |
2293 Or use COMPOUNDED2, COMPOUNDED3, etc. | |
2294 - CIRCUMFIX: when a word uses a prefix marked with the CIRCUMFIX flag, then | |
2295 the word must also have a suffix marked with the CIRCUMFIX flag. It's a | |
2296 bit primitive, since only one flag is used, which doesn't allow matching | |
2297 specific prefixes with suffixes. | |
2298 Alternative: | |
2299 PSFX {flag} {pchop} {padd} {pcond} {schop} {sadd}[/flags] {scond} | |
2300 We might not need this at all, you can use the NEEDAFFIX flag and the | |
2301 affix which is required. | |
2302 - When a suffix has more than one syllable, it may count as a word for | |
809 | 2303 COMPOUNDWORDMAX. |
501 | 2304 - Add flags to count extra syllables in a word. SYLLABLEADD1 SYLLABLEADD2, |
2305 etc.? Or make it possible to specify the syllable count of a word | |
2306 directly, e.g., after another slash: /abc/3 | |
625 | 2307 - MORPHO item in affix file: ignore TAB and morphological field after |
2308 word/flags and affix. | |
501 | 2309 - Implement multiple flags for compound words and CMP item? |
2310 Await comments from other spell checking authors. | |
2311 - Also see tklspell: http://tkltrans.sourceforge.net/ | |
388 | 2312 8 Charles Campbell asks for method to add "contained" groups to existing |
2313 syntax items (to add @Spell). | |
2314 Add ":syntax contains {pattern} add=@Spell" command? A bit like ":syn | |
2315 cluster" but change the contains list directly for matching syntax items. | |
2316 - References: MySpell library (in OpenOffice.org). | |
2317 http://spellchecker.mozdev.org/source.html | |
2318 http://whiteboard.openoffice.org/source/browse/whiteboard/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/myspell/ | |
2319 author: Kevin Hendricks <kevin.hendricks@sympatico.ca> | |
1624 | 2320 8 It is currently not possible to mark "can not" as rare, because "can" and |
2321 "not" are good words. Find a way to let "rare" overrule "good"? | |
388 | 2322 8 Make "en-rare" spell file? Ask Charles Campbell. |
2323 8 The English dictionaries for different regions are not consistent in their | |
2324 use of words with a dash. | |
2325 7 Insert mode completion mechanism that uses the spell word lists. | |
2326 8 Add hl groups to 'spelllang'? | |
2327 :set spelllang=en_us,en-rare/SpellRare,en-math/SpellMath | |
2328 More complicated: Regions with different languages? E.g., comments | |
2329 in English, strings in German (po file). | |
2330 | |
2331 | |
7 | 2332 Diff mode: |
1624 | 2333 9 Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code. One can be |
2334 found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c | |
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2345
diff
changeset
|
2335 It's quite big and badly documented though. |
7 | 2336 8 Use diff mode to show the changes made in a buffer (compared to the file). |
2337 Use an unnamed buffer, like doing: | |
2338 new | set bt=nofile | r # | 0d_ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis | |
557 | 2339 Also show difference with the file when editing started? Should show what |
2340 can be undone. (Tom Popovich) | |
7 | 2341 7 Add cursor-binding: when moving the cursor in one diff'ed buffer, also |
2342 move it in other diff'ed buffers, so that CTRL-W commands go to the same | |
2343 location. | |
2344 | |
2345 | |
2346 Folding: | |
569 | 2347 (commands still available: zI zJ zK zp zP zq zQ zV zy zY; |
2348 secondary: zB zS zT zZ, z=) | |
1125 | 2349 8 Vertical folds: looks like vertically split windows, but the cursor moves |
2350 through the vertical separator, separator moves when scrolling. | |
40 | 2351 8 Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only. |
1125 | 2352 9 Add search pattern item to only match in closed or open fold and/or fold |
2353 with certain level. Allows doing ":g/pat/cmd" to work on closed folds. | |
237 | 2354 7 Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----". |
7 | 2355 8 When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the |
2356 behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed. How to make the | |
2357 user aware of this? | |
2358 8 Add an option 'foldskip' with values like 'foldopen' that specifies which | |
2359 commands skip over a closed fold. | |
2360 8 "H" and "L" count buffer lines instead of window lines. (Servatius Brandt) | |
2361 8 Add a way to add fold-plugins. Johannes Zellner has one for VB. | |
2362 7 When using manual folding, the undo command should also restore folds. | |
36 | 2363 - Allow completely hiding a closed fold. E.g., by setting 'foldtext' to an |
2364 empty string. Require showing a character in 'foldcolumn' to avoid the | |
2365 missing line goes unnoticed. | |
2366 How to implement this? | |
7 | 2367 - When pressing the down arrow of a scrollbar, a closed fold doesn't scroll |
2368 until after a long time. How to make scrolling with closed folds | |
2369 smoother? | |
2370 - When creating a session, also store folds for buffers in the buffer list, | |
2371 using the wininfo in wi_folds. | |
860 | 2372 - When currently editing the first file in the argument list the session |
2373 file can contain: | |
2374 args version.c main.c | |
2375 edit version.c | |
2376 Can editing version.c twice be avoided? | |
7 | 2377 - 'foldmethod' "textobject": fold on sections and paragraph text objects. |
625 | 2378 - "zuf": undo change in manual fold. "zUf" redo change in manual fold. How |
2379 to implement this? | |
7 | 2380 - "zJ" command: add the line or fold below the fold in the fold under the |
2381 cursor. | |
708 | 2382 - 'foldmethod' "syntax": "fold=3" argument: set fold level for a region or |
2383 match. | |
7 | 2384 - Apply a new foldlevel to a range of lines. (Steve Litt) |
36 | 2385 8 Have some way to restrict commands to not folded text. Also commands like |
7 | 2386 searches. |
2387 | |
2388 | |
2389 Multi-byte characters: | |
713 | 2390 - When editing a file with both utf-8 and latin1 text Vim always falls back |
2391 to latin1. Add a command to convert the latin1 characters to utf-8? | |
2392 :unmix utf-8,latin1 filename | |
2393 Would only work when 'encoding' is utf-8. | |
7 | 2394 9 When the tail byte of a double-byte character is illegal (e.g., a CR), the |
2395 display is messed up (Yasuhiro Matsumoto). Should check for illegal | |
2396 double-byte characters and display them differently (display each single | |
2397 byte). | |
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2398 9 'fenc' in modeline problem: add option to reload the file when 'fenc' is |
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2399 set to a different value in a modeline? Option can be default on. Could |
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2400 it be done with an autocommand? |
7 | 2401 8 Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first lines of a file for |
2402 the encoding. See Python PEP: http://www.python.org/peps/pep-0263.html. | |
2403 To avoid getting a wrong encoding only accept something Emacs-like: | |
2404 "-*- coding: enc-na_me.foo -*-" and "-*- coding= enc-na_me.foo -*-" | |
2405 Match with "-\*-\s*coding[:=]\s*\([::word::-_.]\+\)\s*-\*-" and use first | |
2406 item. | |
2407 8 Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first line of an XML file for | |
237 | 2408 the encoding. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> Or "charset=UTF-8"? |
2409 For HTML look for "charset=utf-8". | |
7 | 2410 8 The quickfix file is read without conversion, thus in 'encoding'. Add an |
2411 option to specify the encoding of the errorfile and convert it. Also for | |
36 | 2412 ":grep" and ":helpgrep". |
38 | 2413 More generic solution: support a filter (e.g., by calling a function). |
7 | 2414 8 When a file was converted from 'fileencoding' to 'encoding', a tag search |
2415 should also do this on the search pattern. (Andrzej M. Ostruszka) | |
1624 | 2416 8 When filtering changes the encoding 'fileencoding' may not work. E.g., |
2417 when using xxd and 'fileencoding' is "utf-16". Add an option to set a | |
2418 different fileencoding for filter output? | |
7 | 2419 7 When converting a file fails, mention which byte could not be converted, |
2420 so that the user can fix the problem. | |
2421 8 Add configure option to be able to disable using the iconv library. (Udo | |
2422 Schweigert) | |
2423 9 'aleph' should be set to 1488 for Unicode. (Zvi Har'El) | |
2424 8 Should add test for using various commands with multi-byte characters. | |
2425 8 'infercase' doesn't work with multi-byte characters. | |
2426 8 toupper() function doesn't handle byte count changes. | |
1624 | 2427 7 Searching and composing characters: |
2428 When searching, should order of composing characters be ignored? | |
2429 Add special item to match with a composing character, zero-width, so that | |
2430 one can replace a base character and keep the composing characters. | |
2431 Add a special item to match with a composing character, so that composing | |
2432 characters can be manipulated. | |
2433 Add a modifier to ignore composing characters, only compare base | |
2434 characters. Useful for Hebrew (Ron Aaron) | |
7 | 2435 8 Should implement 'delcombine' for command line editing. |
2436 8 Detect overlong UTF-8 sequences and handle them like illegal bytes. | |
2437 8 ":s/x/\u\1/" doesn't work, making uppercase isn't done for multi-byte | |
2438 characters. | |
2439 8 UTF-8: "r" in Visual mode doesn't take composing characters. | |
2440 8 UTF-8: When there is a precomposed character in the font, use it instead | |
2441 of a character and a composing character. See xterm for an example. | |
2442 7 When a character can't be displayed, display its digraph instead. | |
2443 'display' option to specify this. | |
2444 7 Use ideas for nl_langinfo() from Markus Kuhn in enc_default(): | |
2445 (www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/langinfo.c) | |
2446 - GTK and Win32: Allow selecting fonts for 'guifontset' with the | |
2447 fontselector somehow. | |
2448 - GTK and Win32: make it possible to set the font for the menu to make it | |
2449 possible to have 'encoding' different from the current locale. | |
2450 - dbcs_class() only works for Japanese and Korean. Implement this for | |
2451 other encodings. The "euc-jp" and "euc-kr" choices might be wrong. | |
2452 - Find some way to automatically select the right GUI font or fontset, | |
2453 depending on the default value of 'encoding'. | |
2454 Irrelevant in the GTK+ 2 GUI so long as UTF-8 is used. | |
2455 For Windows, the charset_pairs[] table could be used. But how do we know | |
2456 if a font exists? | |
2457 - Do keyboard conversion from 'termencoding' to 'encoding' with | |
88 | 2458 convert_input() for Mac GUI and RiscOS GUI. |
7 | 2459 - Add mnemonics from RFC1345 longer than two characters. |
2460 Support CTRL-K _{mnemonic}_ | |
2461 7 In "-- INSERT (lang) --" show the name of the keymap used instead of | |
2462 "lang". (Ilya Dogolazky) | |
500 | 2463 - Make 'breakat' accept multi-byte characters. Problem: can't use a lookup |
2464 table anymore (breakat_flags[]). | |
2465 Simplistic solution: when 'formatoptions' contains "m" also break a line | |
2466 at a multi-byte character >= 0x100. | |
7 | 2467 - Add the possibility to enter mappings which are used whenever normal text |
2468 could be entered. E.g., for "f" command. But not in Normal mode. Sort | |
2469 of opposite of 'langmap'. Use ":tmap" command? | |
2470 - When breaking a line, take properties of multi-byte characters into | |
2471 account. The "linebreak" program from Bruno Haible can do it: | |
2472 ftp://ftp.ilog.fr/pub/Users/haible/gnu/linebreak-0.1.tar.gz | |
2473 But it's very complicated... | |
2474 | |
2475 | |
2476 Printing: | |
218 | 2477 7 Implement "undercurl" for printing. |
7 | 2478 - Add "page width" to wrap long lines. |
2479 - Win32: use a font dialog for setting 'printfont'. Can reuse the code for | |
2480 the 'guifont' dialog, put the common code in a separate function. | |
46 | 2481 - Add the file timestamp to the page header (with an option). (George |
2482 Reilly) | |
7 | 2483 - Win32: when 'printfont' is empty use 'guifont'. |
2484 - Unix: Use some dialog box to do the obvious settings (paper size, printer | |
2485 name, portrait/landscape, etc). | |
1125 | 2486 - PostScript: Only works for text that can be converted to an 8-bit |
2487 character set. How to support Unicode fully? | |
7 | 2488 - Allow specifying the paper size, instead of using a standard size. Same |
2489 units as for the margins. | |
2490 - Support right-to-left text? | |
2491 8 Make the foreground color darkening function preserve the hue of the | |
2492 color. | |
2493 | |
2494 | |
2495 Syntax highlighting: | |
2496 8 Make ":syn off" use 'runtimepath' instead of $VIMRUNTIME. (Gary Johnson) | |
2497 Should do the same for ":syn on" and ":syn manual". | |
2498 8 Support "containedin" argument for ":syn include", so that the defined | |
2499 cluster can be added to existing syntax items. | |
2500 8 C syntax: Don't highlight {} as errors inside () when used like this: | |
2501 "({ something })", often used in GCC code. | |
819 | 2502 7 Add a "startgroup" to a region. Used like "nextgroup" inside the region, |
2503 preferred item at the start of the region. (Charles Campbell) | |
7 | 2504 8 When editing a new file without a name and giving it a name (by writing |
2505 it) and 'filetype' is not set, detect the filetype. Avoid doing it for | |
2506 ":wq file". | |
1125 | 2507 7 For "nextgroup" we have skipwhite, skipnl and skipempty. It would be |
2508 really nice to be able to skip with a pattern. Or skip with a syntax | |
2509 group. (Nikolai Weibull, 2007 Feb 27) | |
7 | 2510 8 Make conversion to HTML faster (Write it in C or pre-compile the script). |
2511 9 There is still a redraw bug somewhere. Probably because a cached state is | |
2512 used in a wrong way. I can't reproduce it... | |
2513 7 Be able to change only the background highlighting. Useful for Diff* and | |
2514 Search highlighting. | |
747 | 2515 7 When 'number' is set highlight the number of the current line. |
2516 Must be enabled with an option, because it slows down display updating. | |
7 | 2517 8 Allow the user to add items to the Syntax menu sorted, without having to |
2518 change this for each release. | |
2519 8 Add a "matchcontains" for regions: items contained in the start or end | |
2520 pattern, but not in the body. | |
2521 8 Add a "keepend-contained" argument: Don't change the end of an item this | |
2522 one is contained in. Like "keepend" but specified on the contained item, | |
2523 instead of the containing item. | |
2524 8 cpp.vim: In C++ it's allowed to use {} inside (). | |
2525 8 Some syntax files set 'iskeyword'. When switching to another filetype | |
2526 this isn't reset. Add a special keyword definition for the syntax rules? | |
2527 When this is done, use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples, | |
2528 but without ":" in 'iskeyword' for syntax. | |
2529 8 Add specific syntax item to match with parens/braces that don't have a | |
2530 "%" match. :syntax nomatch cMatchError (,{,[,),},] [contained] | |
2531 8 Highlight the text between two matching parens (e.g., with a grey | |
2532 background) when on one of the parens or in between them. | |
694 | 2533 Option for the matchparen plugin? |
7 | 2534 8 Add a command to jump to the next character highlighted with "Error". |
2535 8 When using a cterm, and no ctermfg or ctermbg are defined, use start/stop | |
2536 sequences. Add remark in docs that :if 'term' == "term-name" should be | |
2537 used. | |
2538 8 Add @spell cluster to String and Comment groups for many languages. Will | |
2539 allow spell checking. (Fleiner) | |
2540 8 When listing syntax items, try to sort the keywords alphabetically. And | |
2541 re-insert the [] if possible. | |
2542 8 Make it possible to use color of text for Visual highlight group (like for | |
2543 the Cursor). | |
557 | 2544 8 It would be useful to make the highlight group name an expression. Then |
2545 when there is a match, the expression would be evaluated to find out what | |
2546 highlight group to use. Could be used to check if the shell used in a | |
2547 password file appears in /etc/shells. (Nikolai Weibull) | |
2548 syn match =s:checkShell(v:match) contained 'pattern' | |
7 | 2549 8 Make it possible to only highlight a sub-expression of a match. Like |
2550 using "\1" in a ":s" command. | |
2551 8 Support for deleting syntax items: | |
2552 :syn keyword cTodo remove this | |
2553 :syn match cTodo remove "pattern" | |
2554 :syn region cString remove start="this" end="that" | |
2555 8 Add possibility to sync on something else, when the syncing in one way | |
2556 doesn't find match. For HTML: When no {script} is found, try looking for | |
2557 a '<'. (Fleiner) | |
2558 7 Replace the synchronizing method with a state machine specification? | |
2559 Should be able to start at any line in the file, search forwards or | |
2560 backwards, and use the result of matching a pattern. | |
2561 7 Use parsing like awk, so that e.g., a ( without a matching ) can be | |
2562 detected. | |
2563 8 Make it possible to use "inverted" highlighting, invert the original | |
237 | 2564 character. For Visual mode. (xterm-selection already does this). |
7 | 2565 8 Highlight non-printable characters with "SpecialChar", linked to |
2566 "Special". Display them with the digraph characters, if possible. | |
2567 8 Highlight the clipboard-selection with a highlight group. | |
2568 8 Be able to reset highlighting to its original (default) values. | |
2569 7 Be able to write current highlighting to a file as commands, similar to | |
2570 ":mkvimrc". | |
2571 8 Improve c.vim: | |
2572 - Add check for unterminated strings, with a variable to switch it on: | |
2573 "c_strict_ansi". | |
2574 - Detect unbalanced "#endif". Requires looking back a long way... | |
2575 8 Add an option to restrict the updating of syntax highlighting to the | |
2576 current line while in Insert mode. | |
2577 8 When guessing value of 'background', the syntax file has already been | |
2578 loaded (from the .gvimrc). After changing 'background', load it again? | |
2579 8 Add ":syn resync" command, to re-parse the whole file until the current | |
2580 display position. | |
2581 8 Should support "me" offset for a region start pattern. To be used to | |
2582 allow searching for the end pattern inside the match of the end pattern. | |
2583 Example: syn region pikeXX start="([^{]" end=")" should work on "()". | |
2584 8 When using a regexp for "contains=", should delay matching with it until | |
2585 redrawing happens. Set a flag when a group is added, check this flag when | |
2586 highlighting starts. | |
1125 | 2587 8 Some terminals can display colors like the GUI. Add some setting to use |
2588 GUI colors for the terminal? With something to define the escape | |
2589 sequence. | |
844 | 2590 7 It's possible for an item to be transparent, so that the colors of an item |
2591 lower on the stack is used. Also do this with highlighting, so that the | |
2592 user can set transparent highlighting? E.g. a number in a C comment would | |
2593 get the color of a comment, a number in an assignment Normal. (Nikolai | |
2594 Weibull) | |
7 | 2595 7 Add "semitrans": Add highlighting. E.g., make the text bold, but keep the |
2596 colors. And add colors, so that Green+Red becomes Yellow. | |
2597 E.g. for this html: | |
2598 <B> bold text <I> italic+bold text </B> italic text </I> | |
2599 7 Wild idea: Not only set highlighting, but also change what is displayed | |
2600 (e.g., remove characters, so that "<B>bold</B>" can be shown as "bold"): | |
2601 :syn region boldstuff start="<B>" display="" end="</B>" display="" | |
2602 7 CTRL-] checks the highlight group for finding out what the tag is. | |
2603 7 Add an explanation how a list of words can be used to highlight misspelled | |
2604 words. | |
2605 8 Add more command line completion for :syntax. | |
2606 8 Add more command line completion for :highlight. | |
2607 7 Should find a better way to parse the :syntax and :highlight commands. | |
2608 Use tables or lists that can be shared by parsing for execution and | |
2609 completion? | |
2610 8 Add ColorSchemePost autocommand event, so that scripts can set up their | |
2611 highlighting. (Salman Halim) | |
2612 7 Add a few sets of colors (e.g. Borland Turbo C one). With a menu to | |
2613 select one of the sets. | |
2614 8 Add offsets to sub-matches: "\(a*\) *"he=e1-1 | |
2615 'e' is end of match 'e1' is end of sub-match 1, 's2' is start of submatch | |
2616 2, etc. | |
2617 8 In Insert mode, when there are typeahead characters, postpone the | |
2618 highlighting (for "." command). | |
2619 8 Syncing on comments isn't 100% correct when / / lines mix with / * and * /. | |
2620 For example: What about a line that starts with / / and contains * /? | |
2621 8 Ignore / * and * / inside strings, when syncing. | |
2622 7 Build a few more syntax files from the file "/usr/share/misc/vgrindefs": | |
2623 ISP, LDL, Icon, ratfor. And check "nedit/source/highlight.c". | |
2624 6 Add possibility to have background color continue until the right edge of | |
2625 the window. Useful for comment blocks and function headings. (Rogall) | |
2626 - Make it possible to add "contains" items for all items in a group. Useful | |
2627 when extending an already existing syntax file. | |
2628 - Add line-continuation pattern for non-syncing items too? | |
2629 - Add possibility to highlight the whole line, including the right margin | |
2630 (for comment blocks). | |
2631 - Add 'hlmatch' option: List of flags: | |
2632 'c': highlight match for character under the cursor. | |
2633 'b': highlight the previous (, and its match. | |
2634 'a': highlight all text from the previous ( until its match. | |
2635 Also for {}, <>, etc.? | |
2636 'e': highlight all braces without a match (slow?) | |
2637 OR: add an argument "cursor" to the syntax command, which means that the | |
2638 region/match/keyword is only highlighted when the cursor is on it. | |
2639 (Campbell) | |
2640 Or do it like Elvis: define text objects and how to highlight them around | |
2641 the cursor. (Iain Truskett) | |
2642 7 Make it possible to use all words in the tags files as Keyword. | |
2643 Can also be done with a script (but it's slow). | |
2644 7 Make it possible to call a ":" command when a match is found. Should | |
2645 allow for adding keywords from the text (e.g. variables that are set). | |
2646 And allows for sections with different highlighting. | |
2647 7 Add highlight group for commandline: "Commandline". Make sure it | |
2648 highlights the command line while typing a command, and any output from | |
2649 messages. And external commands? | |
2650 8 Make a version that works like less, but with highlighting: read stdin for | |
2651 text, exit at end of file, don't allow editing, etc. moreim? lessim? | |
2652 7 SpecialKey highlighting overrules syntax highlighting. Can't give an | |
2653 unprintable char another color. Would be useful for ^M at end of line. | |
2654 | |
2655 | |
2656 Built-in script language: | |
1624 | 2657 8 Make the filename and line number available to script functions, so that |
2658 they can give useful debugging info. The whole call stack would be ideal. | |
713 | 2659 7 Execute a function with standard option values. No need to save and |
2660 restore option values. Especially useful for new options. Problem: how | |
2661 to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)? | |
7 | 2662 8 Add referring to key options with "&t_xx". Both for "echo &t_xx" and |
2663 ":let &t_xx =". Useful for making portable mappings. | |
1125 | 2664 - Add ":let var ?= value", conditional assignment. Patch by Dave Eggum, |
2665 2006 Dec 11. | |
2666 - range for ":exec", pass it on to the executed command. (Webb) | |
2325
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2667 8 ":{range}source": source the lines from the current file. |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2668 You can already yank lines and use :@" to execute them. |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2669 Most of do_source() would not be used, need a new function. |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2670 It's easy when not doing breakpoints or profiling. |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2671 Requires copying the lines into a list and then creating a function to |
f177a6431514
Better implementation of creating the Color Scheme menu. (Juergen Kraemer)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2324
diff
changeset
|
2672 execute lines from the list. Similar to getnextac(). |
720 | 2673 7 ":include" command: just like ":source" but doesn't start a new scriptID? |
2674 Will be tricky for the list of script names. | |
7 | 2675 8 Have a look at VSEL. Would it be useful to include? (Bigham) |
2676 8 Add ":fungroup" command, to group function definitions together. When | |
2677 encountered, all functions in the group are removed. Suggest using an | |
2678 obscure name to avoid name clashes. Require a ":fungroup END" in the same | |
2679 sourced file? Assume the group ends at the end of the file. Handle | |
2680 nested packages? | |
2681 Alternative: Support packages. {package-name}:{function-name}(). | |
2682 Packages are loaded automatically when first used, from | |
2683 $VIMRUNTIME/packages (or use a search path). | |
2684 7 Pre-parse or compile Vim scripts into a bytecode. | |
2685 1. Put the bytecode with the original script, with an ":if | |
2686 has('bytecode')" around it, so that it's only used with a Vim that | |
2687 supports it. Update the code with a command, can be used in an | |
2688 autocommand. | |
2689 2. Use a ".vic" file (like Python use .pyc). Create it when writing a | |
2690 .vim file. Problem: distribution. | |
2691 3. Use a cache directory for each user. How to recognize which cached | |
2692 file belongs to a sourced script? | |
2693 7 Add argument to winwidth() to subtract the space taken by 'foldcolumn', | |
2694 signs and/or 'number'. | |
1125 | 2695 6 Add ++ and -- operators? They only work on variables (lvals), how to |
2696 implement this? | |
7 | 2697 8 Add functions: |
1125 | 2698 has(":command") Check if ":command" works. compare function |
2699 with "ex_ni". E.g. for ":simalt". | |
2700 system() With a List argument. Bypasses the shell, use | |
2701 exec() directly. (Bob Hiestand) | |
2702 escape() Add argument to specify what to escape with. | |
2703 modestack() Instead of just the current mode return the | |
2704 stack of Insert / CTRL-O / :normal things. | |
20 | 2705 realname() Get user name (first, last, full) |
2706 user_fullname() patch by Nikolai Weibull, Nov | |
2707 3 2002 | |
2708 Only add this when also implemented for | |
2709 non-Unix systems, otherwise a shell cmd could | |
2710 be used. | |
2711 get_user_name() gets login name. | |
18 | 2712 menuprop({name}, {idx}, {what}) |
2713 Get menu property of menu {name} item {idx}. | |
2714 menuprop("", 1, "name") returns "File". | |
2715 menuprop("File", 1, "n") returns "nmenu | |
2716 File.Open..." argument. | |
2717 Patch by Ilya Sher, 2004 Apr 22 | |
2718 Return a list of menus and/or a dictionary | |
2719 with properties instead. | |
2720 mapname({idx}, mode) return the name of the idx'th mapping. | |
2721 Patch by Ilya Sher, 2004 Mar 4. | |
2722 Return a list instead. | |
170 | 2723 char2hex() convert char string to hex string. |
7 | 2724 attributes() return file protection flags "drwxrwxrwx" |
170 | 2725 filecopy(from, to) Copy a file |
2726 shorten(fname) shorten a file name, like home_replace() | |
7 | 2727 perl(cmd) call Perl and return string |
2728 inputrl() like input() but right-to-left | |
1624 | 2729 typed() return the characters typed and consumed (to |
2730 find out what happened) | |
7 | 2731 virtualmode() add argument to obtain whether "$" was used in |
2732 Visual block mode. | |
2733 getacp() Win32: get codepage (Glenn Maynard) | |
2734 deletebufline() delete line in any buffer | |
2735 appendbufline() append line in any buffer | |
2736 libcall() Allow more than one argument. | |
2737 libcallext() Like libcall(), but using a callback function | |
2738 to allow the library to execute a command or | |
2739 evaluate an expression. | |
2740 7 Make bufname("'0") return the buffer name from mark '0. How to get the | |
2741 column and line number? col("'0") currently returns zero. | |
2742 8 argc() returns 0 when using "vim -t tag". How to detect that no file was | |
2743 specified in any way? To be able to jump to the last edited file. | |
1125 | 2744 8 Pass the command line arguments to Vim scripts in some way. As v:args |
2745 List? Or extra parameter to argv()? | |
7 | 2746 8 Add command arguments with three dashes, passed on to Vim scripts. |
2747 7 Add optional arguments to user functions: | |
2748 :func myFunc(arg1, arg2, arg3 = "blah", arg4 = 17) | |
2749 6 User functions: Functions local to buffer "b:func()"? | |
694 | 2750 8 For Strings add ":let var[{expr}] = {expr}". When past the end of "var" |
2751 just ignore. | |
7 | 2752 8 The "= register should be writable, if followed by the name of a variable, |
2753 option or environment variable. | |
2754 8 ":let &option" should list the value of the option. | |
1125 | 2755 8 ":let Func().foo = value" should work, also when "foo" doesn't exist. |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
2756 Also: ":let Func()[foo] = value" should work. Same for a List. |
694 | 2757 7 Add synIDlist(), making the whole list of syntax items on the syntax stack |
2758 available as a List. | |
7 | 2759 8 Add autocommand-event for when a variable is changed: |
2760 :au VarChanged {varname} {commands} | |
2761 8 Add "has("gui_capable")", to check if the GUI can be started. | |
2762 8 Add possibility to use variables like registers: characterwise (default), | |
2763 linewise (when ending in '\n'), blockwise (when ending in '\001'). reg0, | |
2764 rega, reg%, etc. Add functions linewise({expr}), blockwise({expr}) and | |
2765 charwise({expr}). | |
2766 7 Make it possible to do any command on a string variable (make a buffer | |
2767 with one line, containing the string). Maybe add an (invisible) scratch | |
2768 buffer for this? | |
2769 result = scratch(string, command) | |
2770 result = apply(string, command) | |
2771 result = execute(string, command) | |
2772 "command" would use <> notation. | |
2773 Does scratch buffer have a number? Or re-use same number? | |
2774 7 Add function to generate unique number (date in milliseconds). | |
2775 7 Automatically load a function from a file when it is called. Need an | |
2776 option for the search path. (Sekera) | |
2777 | |
2778 | |
2779 Robustness: | |
11 | 2780 6 Add file locking. Lock a file when starting to edit it with flock() or |
2781 fcntl(). This patch has advisory file locking while reading/writing | |
2782 the file for Vim 5.4: ~/vim/patches/kahn_file_locking . | |
2783 The patch is incomplete (needs support for more systems, autoconf). | |
2784 Andy doesn't have time to work on it. | |
2785 Disadvantage: Need to find ways to gracefully handle failure to obtain a | |
2786 lock. When to release a lock: When buffer is unloaded? | |
7 | 2787 |
2788 | |
2789 Performance: | |
1668 | 2790 7 For string variables up to 3 bytes don't allocate memory, use v_list |
2791 itself as a character array. Use VAR_SSTRING (short string). | |
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2792 7 Add 'lazysize' option: Above this size Vim doesn't load everything before |
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2793 starting to edit a file. Things like 'fileencodings' only work up to this |
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2794 size, modelines only work at the top. Useful for large log files where |
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2398
diff
changeset
|
2795 you only want to look at the first few pages. Use zero to disable it. |
1668 | 2796 8 move_lines() copies every line into allocated memory, making reloading a |
2797 buffer a lot slower than re-editing the file. Can the memline be locked | |
2798 so that we don't need to make a copy? Or avoid invoking ml_updatechunk(), | |
2799 that is taking a lot of time. (Ralf Wildenhues, 2008 Jul 7) | |
2289
3331756e4232
Make synstack() work on the character just after the end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2287
diff
changeset
|
2800 With a patch, but does it work? |
1125 | 2801 8 Instead of loading rgb.txt every time a color wasn't recognized load it |
2802 once and keep it in memory. Move the code to a common place to avoid | |
2803 repeating it in various system files. | |
7 | 2804 8 Turn b_syn_ic and b_syn_containedin into b_syn_flags. |
2805 9 Loading menu.vim still takes quite a bit of time. How to make it faster? | |
2806 8 in_id_list() takes much time for syntax highlighting. Cache the result? | |
2807 7 setpcmark() shifts the jumplist, this takes quite a bit of time when | |
2808 jumping around. Instead use an index for the start? | |
2809 8 When displaying a space with only foreground highlighting, it's the same | |
2810 as a space without attributes. Avoid displaying spaces for the "~" lines | |
2811 when starting up in a color terminal. | |
2812 8 Avoid alloc() for scratch buffer use, esp. in syntax.c. It's very slow on | |
2813 Win16. | |
2814 8 Profiling shows that in_id_list() is used very often for C code. Can this | |
2815 function be improved? | |
2816 8 For an existing file, the page size of the swap file is always the | |
2817 default, instead of using the block size of the device, because the swap | |
2818 file is created only after setting the block size in mf_open(). How can | |
2819 this be improved? | |
2820 8 Set default for 'ttyscroll' to half a screen height? Should speed up | |
2821 MS-DOS version. (Negri) | |
36 | 2822 7 C syntax highlighting gets a lot slower after ":set foldmethod=syntax". |
2823 (Charles Campbell) Inserting a "{" is very slow. (dman) | |
7 | 2824 7 HTML syntax highlighting is slow for long lines. Try displaying |
2825 http://www.theregister.co.uk/content/4/22908.html. (Andre Pang) | |
2826 7 Check how performance of loading the wordlist can be improved (adding a | |
2827 lot of abbreviations). | |
2828 7 DOS console: Add t_DL support, to make scrolling faster. | |
2829 7 Compile Ex commands to byte codes. Store byte codes in a vim script file | |
2830 at the end, after "compiled:. Make it look like a single comment line | |
2831 for old Vim versions. Insert first line "Vim script compiled <timestamp>. | |
2832 Only used compiled code when timestamp matches the file stat. | |
2833 Add command to compile a vim script and add it to the file in-place. | |
2834 Split Ex command executing into a parsing and executing phase. | |
2835 Use compiled code for functions, while loops, etc. | |
2836 8 When editing a file with extremely long lines (e.g., an executable), the | |
2837 "linerest" in readfile() is allocated twice to be able to copy what was | |
2838 read so far. Use realloc() instead? Or split the line when allocating | |
2839 memory fails and "linerest" is big (> 100000)? | |
2840 8 When defining autocommands (e.g., from $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim), need to | |
2841 compare each pattern with all existing patterns. Use a hash code to avoid | |
2842 using strcmp() too often? | |
2843 7 Include turbo_loader patches, speeding up reading a file? | |
2844 Speed up reading a file by reading it into a fixed-size buffer, creating | |
2845 the list of indexes in another buffer, and then copying the result into a | |
2846 memfile block with two copies. Then read the next block into another | |
2847 fixed-size buffer, create the second list of indexes and copy text from | |
2848 the two blocks to the memfile block. | |
2849 7 do_cmdline(): Avoid that the command line is copied to allocated memory | |
2850 and freed again later all the time. For while loops, and for when called | |
2851 with an argument that can be messed with. | |
2852 Generic solution: Make a struct that contains a pointer and a flag that | |
2853 indicates if the pointer should be freed when replaced. | |
2854 7 Check that the file size is not more than "sizeof(long)". | |
2855 - Further improve finding mappings in maphash[] in vgetorpeek() | |
2856 8 Syntax highlighting is slow when deleting lines. Try in | |
2857 $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim. | |
2858 - "out of memory" after deleting (1,$d) and changing (:%s/^/> /) a lot of | |
2859 lines (27000) a few times. Memory fragmentation? | |
2860 - Have a look at how pdksh does memory allocation (alloc.c). (Dalecki) | |
2861 - Do profiling on: | |
2862 - :g/pat/normal cmd | |
2863 - 1000ii<Esc> | |
2864 - deleting 10Mbyte worth of lines (netscape binary) | |
2865 - "[i" and "[d" (Yegappan Lakshmanan) | |
2866 - ":g/^/m0" on a 450Kbyte file. And the "u". | |
2867 - highlighting "~/vim/test/longline.tex", "~/vim/test/scwoop.tcl" and | |
2868 "~/vim/test/lockup.pl". | |
2869 - loading a syntax file to highlight all words not from a dictionary. | |
587 | 2870 - editing a Vim script with syntax highlighting on (loading vim.vim). |
7 | 2871 7 Screen updating can be further improved by only redrawing lines that were |
2872 changed (and lines after them, when syntax highlighting was used, and it | |
2873 changed). | |
2874 - On each change, remember start and end of the change. | |
2875 - When inserting/deleting lines, remember begin, end, and line count. | |
2876 - Use macros/duarte/capicua for profiling. Nvi 1.71 is the fastest! | |
2877 - When using a file with one long line (1Mbyte), then do "$hhhh", is still | |
2878 very slow. Avoid calling getvcol() for each "h"? | |
2879 - Executing a register, e.g. "10000@@" is slow, because ins_typebuf has to | |
2880 move the previous commands forward each time. Pass count from | |
2881 normal_cmd() down to do_execreg(). | |
2882 - Repeating insert "1000i-<Esc>" displays --INSERT-- all the time, because of | |
2883 the <Esc> at the end. Make this work faster (disable redrawing). | |
2884 - Avoid calls to plines() for cursor line, use w_cline_height. | |
2885 - After ":set nowrap" remove superfluous redraw with wrong hor. offset if | |
2886 cursor is right of the screen. | |
2887 8 Make CTRL-C on Unix generate a signal, avoid using select() to check for a | |
2888 CTRL-C (it's slow). | |
2889 | |
2890 | |
2891 Code size: | |
2892 8 GUI: When NO_CONSOLE is defined, more code can be excluded. | |
2893 - Put getline() and cookie in a struct, so only one argument has to be | |
2894 passed to do_cmdline() and other functions. | |
2895 8 Make a GUI-only version for Unix? | |
2896 8 In buf_write _() isn't needed when setting errmsg, do it once when using | |
2897 it. | |
2898 7 When compiling with a GUI-only version, the code for cterm colors can be | |
2899 left out. | |
2900 8 When compiled with a GUI-only version, the termcap entries for terminals | |
2901 can be removed. | |
2902 8 Can the check for libelf in configure.in be removed? | |
2903 | |
2904 | |
2905 Messages: | |
2906 8 When using ":q" in a changed file, the error says to "add !". Add the | |
2907 command so that beginners understand it: "use :q!". | |
2908 8 For 'verbose' level 12 prints commands from source'ed files. How to skip | |
2909 lines that aren't executed? Perhaps move the echoing to do_cmdline()? | |
2910 8 Use 'report' for ":bdel"? (Krishna) To avoid these messages when using a | |
2911 script. | |
2912 - Delete message after new command has been entered and have waited for key. | |
2913 Perhaps after ten seconds? | |
2914 - Make message history available in "msg" variables: msg1, msg2, .. msg9. | |
1125 | 2915 8 When reading from stdin allow suppressing the "reading from stdin" |
2916 message. | |
7 | 2917 9 Check handling of overwriting of messages and delays: |
2918 Very wrong: errors while redrawing cause endless loop. | |
2919 When switching to another file and screen scrolls because of the long | |
2920 message and return must be typed, don't scroll the screen back before | |
2921 redrawing. | |
2922 8 When address range is wrong you only get "Invalid range". Be a bit more | |
2923 specific: Negative, beyond last line, reverse range? Include the text. | |
2924 8 Make it possible to ignore errors for a moment ('errorignore'?). Another | |
2925 option to switch off giving error messages ('errorquiet'?). Also an option | |
2926 not to give any messages ('quiet')? Or ":quiet on", ":quiet off". | |
2927 Careful: For a severe error (out of memory), and when the user starts | |
2928 typing, error messages must be switched back on. | |
2929 Also a flag to ignore error messages for shell commands (for mappings). | |
237 | 2930 - Option to set time for emsg() sleep. Interrupt sleep when key is typed? |
587 | 2931 Sleep before second message? |
7 | 2932 8 In Ex silent mode or when reading commands from a file, what exactly is |
2933 not printed and what is? Check ":print", ":set all", ":args", ":vers", | |
2934 etc. At least there should be no prompt. (Smulders) And don't clear the | |
2935 screen when reading commands from stdin. (Kendall) | |
2936 --> Make a difference between informative messages, prompts, etc. and | |
2937 error messages, printing text, etc. | |
2938 8 Window should be redrawn when resizing at the hit-enter prompt. | |
2939 Also at the ":tselect" prompt. Find a generic solution for redrawing when | |
2940 a prompt is present (with a callback function?). | |
2941 | |
2942 | |
2943 Screen updating: | |
2944 7 Add a string to the 'display' option to make CTRL-E and CTRL-Y scroll one | |
2945 screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start with the | |
2946 first character (like what happens with a single line that doesn't fit). | |
2947 - screen_line(): | |
2948 - insert/delete character stuff. | |
2949 - improve delete rest of line (spaces at end of line). | |
2950 - When moving or resizing window, try to avoid a complete redraw (esp. when | |
2951 dragging the status line with the mouse). | |
2952 - When 'lazyredraw' set, don't echo :ex commands? Need a flag to redraw when | |
2953 waiting for a character. | |
2954 8 Add a ":refresh [winnr]" command, to force updating a window. Useful from | |
2955 an event handler where ":normal" can't be used. Also useful when | |
2956 'lazyredraw' is set in a mapping. | |
2957 7 Make 'list' and 'linebreak' work together. | |
2958 | |
2959 | |
2960 Scrolling: | |
2961 8 Add "zm" command: scroll horizontally to put the cursor in the middle. | |
2962 6 Add option to set the overlap for CTRL-F and CTRL-B. (Garhi) | |
2963 - extend 'scrollbind' option: 'scrollopt' words "search", "relative", etc.. | |
2964 Also 'e'xecute some commands (search, vertical movements) in all bound | |
2965 windows. | |
2966 7 Add 'scrollbind' feature to make the offset of one window with the next | |
2967 one equal to the window height. When editing one file in both windows it | |
2968 looks like each window displays a page of the buffer. | |
2969 - Allow scrolling by dragging with the mouse (grab a character and move it | |
2970 up/down). Like the "hand" in Acrobat reader. Use Alt-LeftMouse for this? | |
2971 (Goldfarb) | |
2972 - Add command to execute some commands (search, vertical movements) in all | |
2973 bound windows. | |
2974 - Add 'search' option to 'scrollopt' to allow 'scrollbind' windows to | |
2975 be bound by regexp searches | |
9 | 2976 - Add "z>" and "z<": scroll sideways one screenful. (Campbell) |
7 | 2977 - Add option to set the number of lines when not to scroll, instead of the |
2978 fixed number used now (for terminals that scroll slow with a large number | |
2979 of lines but not with a single line). | |
2980 | |
2981 | |
2982 Autoconf: | |
2983 8 Should use acconfig.h to define prototypes that are used by autoheader. | |
2984 8 Some compilers don't give an error for "-OPT:Olimit" but a warning. (Webb) | |
2985 Add a check for the warning, so that "Olimit" can be added automatically? | |
2986 - Autoconf: Use @datadir@ for the system independent files. Make sure the | |
2987 system dependent and system independent files are separated. (Leitner). | |
2988 - Add autoconf check for waitpid()/wait4(). | |
2989 - Remove fcntl() from autoconf, all systems have it? | |
2990 - Set default for 'dictionary', add search for dictionary to autoconf. | |
2991 | |
2992 | |
2993 Perl interface: | |
2994 8 Rename typemap file to something else? | |
2995 7 Make buffers accessed as Perl arrays. (Clark) | |
2996 7 Make it possible to compile with non-ANSI C? | |
2997 6 Tcl/Tk has the "load" command: load a shared library (.so or .dll). | |
2998 | |
2999 | |
3000 Shared libraries: | |
3001 6 Add support for loading shared libraries, and calling functions in it. | |
3002 :libload internal-name libname | |
3003 :libunload internal-name | |
3004 :liblist | |
3005 :libcall internal-name function(arg1, arg2, ...) | |
3006 :libcall function(arg1, arg2, ...) | |
3007 libcall() can have only one integer or String argument at the moment. | |
3008 6 Have a look on how Perl handles loading dynamic libraries. | |
3009 | |
3010 | |
3011 Tags: | |
824 | 3012 9 With ":set tags=./tags,../tags" and a tag appears in both tags files it is |
3013 added twice. Requires figuring out the actual file name for each found | |
3014 match. Remove tag_fname from the match and combine it with the fname in | |
3015 the match (without expanding or other things that take time). When | |
3016 'tagrelative' is off tag_fname isn't needed at all. | |
1668 | 3017 8 For 'tags' wildcard in the file name is not supported, only in the path. |
3018 This is due to it using |file-searching|. Suboptimal solution would be to | |
3019 make the filename or the whole option use |wildcards| globing, better | |
2324
0a258a67051d
In Visual mode with 'showcmd' display the number of bytes and characters.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2320
diff
changeset
|
3020 would be to merge the 2 kinds of globing. originally (Erik Falor, 2008 |
1668 | 3021 April 18), updated (Ian Kelling, 2008 July 4) |
857 | 3022 8 Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab |
3023 for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are | |
3024 several). | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3025 Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3026 taglist() to find the right location. With indication of using CTRL-] so |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3027 that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb) |
667 | 3028 7 Can CTRL-] (jump to tag) include a following "." and "->" to restrict the |
3029 number of possible matches? Check tags file for an item that has members. | |
3030 (Flemming Madsen) | |
7 | 3031 8 Scope arguments for ":tag", e.g.: ":tag class:cPage open", like Elvis. |
3032 8 When output of ":tselect" is long, getting the more-prompt, should be able | |
3033 to type the tag number directly. | |
3034 7 Add the possibility to use the "-t {tag}" argument multiple times. Open a | |
3035 window for each tag. | |
3036 7 Make output of ":tselect" a bit nicer. Use highlighting? | |
3037 7 Highlight the "tag 1 of >2" message. New highlight group, or same as "hit | |
3038 bottom" search message. | |
3039 7 When using ":tag" at the top of the tag stack, should add another entry, | |
3040 so CTRL-T can bring you back to where you are now AND to where you were | |
3041 before the previous ":tag" command. (Webb) | |
150 | 3042 - When doing "[^I" or "[^D" add position to tag stack. |
3043 - Add command to put current position to tag stack: ":tpush". | |
1125 | 3044 - Add functions to save and restore the tag stack? Or a command to switch |
3045 to another tag stack? So that you can do something else and come back to | |
3046 what you were working on. | |
7 | 3047 7 When using CTRL-] on someClass::someMethod, separate class from method and |
3048 use ":ta class:someClass someMethod". | |
3049 Include C++ tags changes (Bertin). Change "class::func" tag into "func" | |
3050 with "class=class"? Docs in oldmail/bertin/in.xxx. | |
3051 7 Add ":tagargs", to set values for fields: | |
3052 :tagargs class:someclass file:version.c | |
3053 :tagargs clear | |
3054 These are then the default values (changes the order of priority in tag | |
3055 matching). | |
3056 7 Support for "gtags" and "global"? With ":rtag" command? | |
3057 There is an example for how to do this in Nvi. | |
3058 Or do it like Elvis: 'tagprg' and 'tagprgonce' options. (Yamaguchi) | |
3059 The Elvis method is far more flexible, do it that way. | |
3060 7 Support "col:99" extra field, to position the cursor in that column. With | |
3061 a flag in 'cpoptions' to switch it off again. | |
3062 7 Better support for jumping to where a function or variable is used. Use | |
3063 the id-utils, with a connection to "gid" (Emacs can do it too). Add | |
3064 ":idselect", which uses an "ID" database (made by "mkid") like "tselect". | |
3065 | |
3066 | |
3067 Win32 GUI: | |
3068 8 Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D). Open console window for | |
3069 the message and input? | |
3070 7 The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at | |
3071 compile time. Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 | |
3072 dynamically? | |
3073 7 GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu. | |
3074 (Mike McCollister) | |
3075 8 When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several | |
3076 files are selected and using "Edit with single Vim" the directory isn't | |
3077 changed. At least change directory when the path is the same for all | |
3078 files. Perhaps just use the path of the first file or use the longest | |
3079 common part of the path. | |
3080 8 Add font argument to set the lfCharSet. (Bobcik) | |
3081 8 Somehow automatically detect the system language and set $LANG, so that | |
3082 gettext and menus work. | |
3083 8 Could keep console open to run multiple commands, to avoid the need to hit | |
3084 return in every console. | |
2207
b17bbfa96fa0
Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2206
diff
changeset
|
3085 Also: Look at how Emacs does run external commands: |
7 | 3086 http://www.cs.washington.edu/homes/voelker/ntemacs.html. |
3087 8 Need a separate PopUp menu for modeless selection. Need two new commands: | |
3088 Copy selection to clipboard, Paste selection (as typed text). | |
3089 8 Support copy/paste for other file formats. At least HTML, perhaps RTF. | |
3090 Add "copy special" and "paste special" commands? | |
3091 7 Use different default colors, to match the current Windows color scheme. | |
3092 Sys_WindowText, Sys_Window, etc. (Lionel Schaffhauser) | |
3093 7 Use <C-Tab> to cycle through open windows (e.g., the find dialog). | |
3094 7 <Esc> should close a dialog. | |
3095 7 Keep the console for external commands open. Don't wait for a key to be | |
3096 hit. Re-open it when the user has closed it anyway. Or use a prepended | |
3097 command: ":nowait {cmd}", or ":quiet", which executes {cmd} without any | |
3098 prompts. | |
3099 7 Should be able to set an option so that when you double click a file that | |
3100 is associated with Vim, you can either get a new instance of Vim, or have | |
3101 the file added into an already running Vim. | |
3102 7 The "-P" argument only works for the current codepage. Use wide | |
3103 functions to find the window title. | |
3104 | |
3105 | |
3106 GUI: | |
3107 8 Make inputdialog() work for Photon, Amiga, RiscOS. | |
3108 - <C--> cannot be mapped. Should be possible to recognize this as a | |
3109 normal "-" with the Ctrl modifier. | |
3110 7 Implement ":popup" for other systems than Windows. | |
3111 8 Implement ":tearoff" for other systems than Win32 GUI. | |
3112 6 Implement ":untearoff": hide a torn-off menu. | |
3113 8 When using the scrollbar to scroll, don't move the cursor position. When | |
3114 moving the cursor: scroll to the cursor position. | |
3115 9 Make <S-Insert> paste from the clipboard by default. (Kunze) | |
3116 7 Menu local to a buffer, like mappings. Or local to a filetype? | |
3117 8 In Buffers menu, add a choice whether selecting a buffer opens it in the | |
3118 current window, splits the window or uses ":hide". | |
3119 8 Dragging the mouse pointer outside of a Vim Window should make the text | |
3120 scroll. Return a value from gui_send_mouse_event() to the machine | |
3121 specific code to indicate the time in which the event should be repeated. | |
3122 8 Make it possible to ignore a mouse click when it's used to give Vim (gvim) | |
3123 window focus. Also when a mouse click is used to bring a window to front. | |
3124 8 Make the split into system independent code and system specific code more | |
3125 explicit. There are too many #ifdefs in gui.c. | |
3126 If possible, separate the Vim code completely from the GUI code, to allow | |
3127 running them in separate processes. | |
3128 7 X11: Support cursorColor resource and "-cr" argument. | |
3129 8 X11 (and others): CTRL-; is not different from ';'. Set the modifier mask | |
3130 to include CTRL for keys where CTRL produces the same ASCII code. | |
471 | 3131 7 Add some code to handle proportional fonts on more systems? Need to draw |
3132 each character separately (like xterm). Also for when a double-width font | |
3133 is not exactly double-width. (Maeda) | |
7 | 3134 8 Should take font from xterm where gvim was started (if no other default). |
3135 8 Selecting font names in X11 is difficult, make a script or something to | |
70 | 3136 select one. |
7 | 3137 8 Visual highlighting should keep the same font (bold, italic, etc.). |
3138 8 Add flag to 'guioptions' to not put anything in the clipboard at all? | |
3139 8 Should support a way to use keys that we don't recognize yet. Add a | |
3140 command that adds entries to special_keys somehow. How do we make this | |
3141 portable (X11, Win32, ..)? | |
3142 7 Add a flag to 'guioptions' that tells not to remove inactive menu items. | |
3143 For systems where greying-out or removing menu items is very slow. The | |
3144 menu items would remain visibly normally, but not do anything. | |
3145 7 Add ":minimize" and ":maximize", which iconize the window and back. | |
3146 Useful when using gvim to run a script (e.g. 2html.vim). | |
3147 7 X11: Is it possible to free allocated colors, so that other programs can | |
3148 use them again? Otherwise, allow disabling allocating the default colors. | |
3149 Or allocate an own colormap (check UAE). With an option to use it. For | |
3150 the commandline, "-install" is mostly used for X11 programs. | |
3151 7 Add command line argument for "gvim" not to start the GUI. Sort of the | |
3152 inverse of "vim -g". (Vikas) | |
3153 7 Should support multi-column menus. | |
3154 - Should add option for where to put the "Help" menu: like Motif at the far | |
3155 right, or with the other menus (but still at the right). | |
3156 - Add menu item to "Keep Insert mode". | |
3157 8 ":mkgvimrc" command, that includes menus. | |
3158 6 Big change: Move GUI to separate program "vimgui", to make startup of vim a | |
3159 lot faster, but still be able to do "vim -g" or ":gui". | |
3160 7 More explicit mouse button binding instead of 'mousemodel'? | |
3161 7 Add option to set the position of the window on the screen. 'windowpos', | |
3162 which has a value of "123,456": <x>,<y>. | |
3163 Or add a command, like ":winsize"? | |
3164 7 Add toolbar for more GUIs. | |
3165 8 Make it possible to use "amenu icon=BuiltIn##", so that the toolbar item | |
3166 name can be chosen free. | |
3167 7 Make it possible to put the toolbar on top, left, right and/or bottom of | |
3168 the window? Allows for softkey-like use. | |
3169 6 Separate the part of Vim that does the editing from the part that runs the | |
3170 GUI. Communicate through a pseudo-tty. Vim starts up, creates a | |
3171 pty that is connected to the terminal. When the GUI starts, the pty is | |
3172 reconnected to the GUI process. When the GUI stops, it is connected to | |
3173 the terminal again. Also use the pty for external processes, it looks | |
3174 like a vt100 terminal to them. Vim uses extra commands to communicate GUI | |
3175 things. | |
3176 7 Motif: For a confirm() dialog <Enter> should be ignored when no default | |
3177 button selected, <Esc> should close the dialog. | |
3178 7 When using a pseudo-tty Vim should behave like some terminal (vt52 looks | |
237 | 3179 simple enough). Terminal codes to/from shell should be translated. |
7 | 3180 - Would it be useful to be able to quit the GUI and go back to the terminal |
3181 where it was started from? | |
3182 7 Support "-visual <type>" command line argument. | |
3183 | |
3184 | |
3185 Autocommands: | |
713 | 3186 - Put autocommand event names in a hashtable for faster lookup? |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3187 8 When the SwapExists event is triggered, provide information about the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3188 swap file, e.g., whether the process is running, file was modified, etc. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3189 Must be possible to check the situation that it's probably OK to delete |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3190 the swap file. (Marc Merlin) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3191 8 When all the patterns for an event are "*" there is no need to expand |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3192 buffer names to a full path. This can be slow for NFS. |
40 | 3193 7 For autocommand events that trigger multiple times per buffer (e.g., |
3194 CursorHold), go through the list once and cache the result for a specific | |
3195 buffer. Invalidate the cache when adding/deleting autocommands or | |
3196 changing the buffer name. | |
7 | 3197 8 Add ScriptReadCmd event: used to load remote Vim scripts, e.g. |
3198 "vim -u http://mach/path/vimrc". | |
271 | 3199 7 Add TagJump event: do something after jumping to a tag. |
662 | 3200 8 Add "TagJumpFile" autocommand: When jumping to another file for a tag. |
3201 Can be used to open "main.c.gz" when "main.c" isn't found. | |
7 | 3202 8 Use another option than 'updatetime' for the CursorHold event. The two |
3203 things are unrelated for the user (but the implementation is more | |
3204 difficult). | |
662 | 3205 7 Add autocommand event for when a buffer cannot be abandoned. So that the |
3206 user can define the action taking (autowrite, dialog, fail) based on the | |
3207 kind of file. (Yakov Lerner) Or is BufLeave sufficient? | |
7 | 3208 8 Autocommand for when modified files have been found, when getting input |
3209 focus again (e.g., FileChangedFocus). | |
3210 Check when: getting focus, jumping to another buffer, ... | |
1125 | 3211 7 Autocommand for when an option is changed. Match buffer name or option |
3212 name? | |
662 | 3213 8 Autocommands should not change registers. And marks? And the jumplist? |
3214 And anything else? Add a command to save and restore these things. | |
7 | 3215 8 Add autocommands, user functions and user commands to ":mkvimrc". |
3216 6 Add KeymapChanged event, so that the effects of a different keymap can be | |
3217 handled (e.g., other font) (Ron Aaron) | |
662 | 3218 7 When trying to open a directory, trigger an OpenDirectory event. |
7 | 3219 7 Add file type in front of file pattern: <d> for directory, <l> for link, |
3220 <x> for executable, etc. <&xxx> for Risc OS. With commas to separate | |
3221 alternatives. The autocommand is only executed when both the file type | |
3222 AND the file pattern match. (Leonard) | |
3223 5 Add option that specifies extensions which are to be discarded from the | |
3224 file name. E.g. 'ausuffix', with ".gz,.orig". Such that file.c.gz will | |
3225 trigger the "*.c" autocommands. (Belabas) | |
3226 7 Add something to break the autocommands for the current event, and for | |
3227 what follows. Useful for a "BufWritePre" that wants to avoid writing the | |
3228 file. | |
3229 8 When editing "tt.gz", which is in DOS format, 'fileformat' stays at | |
3230 "unix", thus writing the file changes it. Somehow detect that the read | |
3231 command used dos fileformat. Same for 'fileencoding'. | |
3232 - Add events to autocommands: | |
3233 Error - When an error happens | |
3234 NormalEnter - Entering Normal mode | |
3235 ReplaceEnter - Entering Replace mode | |
838 | 3236 CmdEnter - Entering Cmdline mode (with type of cmdline to allow |
3237 different mapping) | |
7 | 3238 VisualEnter - Entering Visual mode |
11 | 3239 *Leave - Leaving a mode (in pair with the above *Enter) |
17 | 3240 VimLeaveCheck - Before Vim decides to exit, so that it can be cancelled |
3241 when exiting isn't a good idea. | |
1125 | 3242 CursorHoldC - CursorHold while command-line editing |
26 | 3243 WinMoved - when windows have been moved around, e.g, ":wincmd J" |
7 | 3244 CmdUndefined - Like FuncUndefined but for user commands. |
3245 SearchPost - After doing a search command (e.g. to do "M") | |
3246 PreDirChanged/PostDirChanged | |
3247 - Before/after ":cd" has been used (for changing the | |
3248 window title) | |
3249 BufReadAction - replaces reading a file | |
3250 BufWriteAction - replaces writing a file | |
3251 ShutDown - when the system is about to shut down | |
3252 InsertCharPre - user typed character Insert mode, before inserting the | |
3253 char. Pattern is matched with text before the cursor. | |
3254 Set v:char to the character, can be changed. | |
3255 (not triggered when 'paste' is set). | |
3256 InsertCharPost - user typed a character in Insert mode, after inserting | |
3257 the char. | |
3258 BufModified - When a buffer becomes modified, or unmodified (for | |
3259 putting a [+] in the window title or checking out the | |
3260 file from CVS). | |
3261 BufFirstChange - When making a change, when 'modified' is set. Can be | |
3262 used to do a :preserve for remote files. | |
3263 BufChange - after a change was made. Set some variables to indicate | |
3264 the position and number of inserted/deleted lines, so | |
3265 that marks can be updated. HierAssist has patch to add | |
3266 BufChangePre, BufChangePost and RevertBuf. (Shah) | |
1125 | 3267 ViewChanged - triggered when the text scrolls and when the window size |
3268 changes. | |
3269 WinResized - After a window has been resized | |
3270 WinClose - Just before closing a window | |
620 | 3271 - Write the file now and then ('autosave'): |
7 | 3272 *'autosave'* *'as'* *'noautosave'* *'noas'* |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3273 'autosave' 'as' number (default 0) |
7 | 3274 Automatically write the current buffer to file N seconds after the |
3275 last change has been made and when |'modified'| is still set. | |
3276 Default: 0 = do not autosave the buffer. | |
3277 Alternative: have 'autosave' use 'updatetime' and 'updatecount' but make | |
3278 them save the file itself besides the swapfile. | |
3279 | |
3280 | |
725 | 3281 Omni completion: |
1668 | 3282 - Add a flag to 'complete' to be able to do omni completion with CTRL-N (and |
3283 mix it with other kinds of completion). | |
725 | 3284 - Ideas from the Vim 7 BOF at SANE: |
3285 - For interpreted languages, use the interpreter to obtain information. | |
3286 Should work for Java (Eclipse does this), Python, Tcl, etc. | |
3287 Richard Emberson mentioned working on an interface to Java. | |
3288 - Check Readline for its completion interface. | |
3289 - Ideas from others: | |
3290 http://www.wholetomato.com/ | |
3291 http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=747 | |
3292 http://sourceforge.net/projects/insenvim | |
3293 or http://insenvim.sourceforge.net | |
3294 Java, XML, HTML, C++, JSP, SQL, C# | |
3295 MS-Windows only, lots of dependencies (e.g. Perl, Internet | |
3296 explorer), uses .dll shared libraries. | |
3297 For C++ uses $INCLUDE environment var. | |
3298 Uses Perl for C++. | |
3299 Uses ctags to find the info: | |
3300 ctags -f $allTagsFile --fields=+aiKmnsSz --language-force=C++ --C++-kinds=+cefgmnpsut-dlux -u $files | |
3301 www.vim.org script 1213 (Java Development Environment) (Fuchuan Wang) | |
3302 IComplete: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1265 | |
3303 and http://stud4.tuwien.ac.at/~e0125672/icomplete/ | |
3304 http://cedet.sourceforge.net/intellisense.shtml (for Emacs) | |
3305 Ivan Villanueva has something for Java. | |
2174
755eb92c5961
Move items around in the todo list.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
3306 Emacs: http://www.xref-tech.com/xrefactory/more_c_completion.html |
725 | 3307 Completion in .NET framework SharpDevelop: http://www.icsharpcode.net |
3308 - Pre-expand abbreviations, show which abbrevs would match? | |
3309 | |
3310 | |
7 | 3311 Insert mode completion/expansion: |
713 | 3312 - GUI implementation of the popup menu. |
860 | 3313 7 When searching in other files the name flash by, too fast to read. Only |
3314 display a name every second or so, like with ":vimgrep". | |
1668 | 3315 7 When expanding file names with an environment variable, add the match with |
3316 the unexpanded var. So $HOME/tm expands to "/home/guy/tmp" and | |
3317 "$HOME/tmp" | |
7 | 3318 8 When there is no word before the cursor but something like "sys." complete |
3319 with "sys.". Works well for C and similar languages. | |
3320 9 ^X^L completion doesn't repeat correctly. It uses the first match with | |
3321 the last added line, instead of continuing where the last match ended. | |
3322 (Webb) | |
3323 8 Add option to set different behavior for Insert mode completion: | |
3324 - ignore/match case | |
3325 - different characters than 'iskeyword' | |
1125 | 3326 8 Add option 'isexpand', containing characters when doing expansion (so that |
3327 "." and "\" can be included, without changing 'iskeyword'). (Goldfarb) | |
3328 Also: 'istagword': characters used for CTRL-]. | |
3329 When 'isexpand' or 'istagword' are empty, use 'iskeyword'. | |
3330 Alternative: Use a pattern so that start and end of a keyword can be | |
3331 defined, only allow dash in the middle, etc. | |
7 | 3332 8 Add a command to undo the completion, go back to the original text. |
471 | 3333 7 Completion of an abbreviation: Can leave letters out, like what Instant |
3334 text does: www.textware.com | |
7 | 3335 8 Use the class information in the tags file to do context-sensitive |
3336 completion. After "foo." complete all member functions/variables of | |
3337 "foo". Need to search backwards for the class definition of foo. | |
3338 Should work for C++ and Java. | |
3339 Even more context would be nice: "import java.^N" -> "io", "lang", etc. | |
3340 7 When expanding $HOME/dir with ^X^F keep the $HOME (with an option?). | |
3341 7 Add CTRL-X command in Insert mode like CTRL-X CTRL-N, that completes WORDS | |
3342 instead of words. | |
3343 8 Add CTRL-X CTRL-R: complete words from register contents. | |
3344 8 Add completion of previously inserted texts (like what CTRL-A does). | |
3345 Requires remembering a number of insertions. | |
3346 8 Add 'f' flag to 'complete': Expand file names. | |
3347 Also apply 'complete' to whole line completion. | |
1624 | 3348 - Add a flag to 'complete' to only scan local header files, not system |
3349 header files. (Andri Moell) | |
7 | 3350 - Make it possible to search include files in several places. Use the |
3351 'path' option? Can this be done with the dictionary completion (use | |
3352 wildcards in the file name)? | |
3353 - Make CTRL-X CTRL-K do a binary search in the dictionary (if it's sorted). | |
3354 - Speed up CTRL-X CTRL-K dictionary searching (don't use a regexp?). | |
3355 - Set a mark at the position where the match was found (file mark, could | |
3356 be in another file). | |
3357 - Add CTRL-A command in CTRL-X mode: show all matches. | |
3358 - Make CTRL-X CTRL-L use the 'complete' option? | |
3359 - Add command in CTRL-X mode to add following words to the completed string | |
3360 (e.g. to complete "Pointer->element" with CTRL-X CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-W) | |
3361 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Use 'path' to find completions. | |
3362 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Option to use forward slashes on MS-Windows? | |
3363 - CTRL-X CTRL-F: Don't replace "$VIM" with the actual value. (Kelly) | |
3364 - Allow listing all matches in some way (and picking one from the list). | |
3365 | |
3366 | |
3367 Command line editing: | |
3368 7 Add commands (keys) to delete from the cursor to the end of the command | |
3369 line. | |
3370 8 Custom completion of user commands can't use the standard completion | |
3371 functions. Add a hook to invoke a user function that returns the type of | |
3372 completion to be done: "file", "tag", "custom", etc. | |
3373 - Add flags to 'whichwrap' for command line editing (cursor right at end of | |
3374 lines wraps to start of line). | |
3375 - Make editing the command line work like Insert mode in a single-line view | |
3376 on a buffer that contains the command line history. But this has many | |
3377 disadvantages, only implement it when these can be solved. Elvis has run | |
3378 into these, see remarks from Steve (~/Mail/oldmail/kirkendall/in.00012). | |
3379 - Going back in history and editing a line there would change the history. | |
3380 Would still need to keep a copy of the history elsewhere. Like the | |
3381 cmdwin does now already. | |
3382 - Use CTRL-O to execute one Normal mode command. How to switch to normal | |
3383 mode for more commands? <Esc> should cancel the command line. CTRL-T? | |
3384 - To allow "/" and "= need to recursively call getcmdline(), overwrite the | |
3385 cmdline. But then we are editing a command-line again. How to avoid | |
3386 that the user gets confused by the stack of command lines? | |
3387 - Use edit() for normal cmdline editing? Would have to integrate | |
3388 getcmdline() into edit(). Need to solve conflicts between Insert mode | |
3389 and Command-line mode commands. Make it work like Korn shell and tcsh. | |
3390 Problems: | |
3391 - Insert: completion with 'wildchar' | |
3392 - Insert: use cmdline abbreviations | |
3393 - Insert: CTRL-D deletes indent instead of listing matches | |
3394 - Normal: no CTRL-W commands | |
3395 - Normal: no ":" commands? | |
3396 - Normal: allow Visual mode only within one line. | |
3397 - where to show insert/normal mode message? Change highlighting of | |
3398 character in first column? | |
3399 - Implementation ideas: | |
3400 - Set "curwin" and "curbuf" to the command line window and buffer. | |
3401 - curwin->w_topline is always equal to curwin->w_cursor.lnum. | |
3402 - never set 'number', no folding, etc. No status line. | |
3403 - sync undo after entering a command line? | |
3404 - use NV_NOCL flag for commands that are not allowed in Command-line | |
3405 Mode. | |
3406 | |
3407 | |
3408 Command line completion: | |
1624 | 3409 8 Completing ":r ~br" should find matching user names. |
7 | 3410 8 Change expand_interactively into a flag that is passed as an argument. |
3411 8 With command line completion after '%' and '#', expand current/alternate | |
3412 file name, so it can be edited. Also with modifiers, such as "%:h". | |
3413 8 When completing command names, either sort them on the long name, or list | |
3414 them with the optional part inside []. | |
1624 | 3415 8 Add an option to ignore case when doing interactive completion. So that |
3416 ":e file<Tab>" also lists "Filelist" (sorted after matching case matches). | |
7 | 3417 7 Completion of ":map x ": fill in the current mapping, so that it can be |
3418 edited. (Sven Guckes) | |
3419 - For 'wildmenu': Simplify "../bar" when possible. | |
3420 - When using <Up> in wildmenu mode for a submenu, should go back to the | |
3421 current menu, not the first one. E.g., ":emenu File.Save<Up>". | |
3422 8 When using backtick expansion, the external command may write a greeting | |
3423 message. Add an option or commands to remove lines that match a regexp? | |
3424 7 When listing matches of files, display the common path separately from the | |
3425 file names, if this makes the listing shorter. (Webb) | |
3426 - Add command line completion for ":ilist" and friends, show matching | |
3427 identifiers (Webb). | |
3428 8 Add command line completion for "old value" of a command. ":args <key>" | |
3429 would result in the current list of arguments, which you can then edit. | |
3430 7 Add command line completion with CTRL-X, just like Insert mode completion. | |
3431 Useful for ":s/word/xx/". | |
3432 - Add command to go back to the text as it was before completion started. | |
3433 Also to be used for <Up> in the command line. | |
3434 - Add 'wildlongest' option: Key to use to find longest common match for | |
3435 command line completion (default CTRL-L), like 'wildchar'. (Cregut) | |
3436 Also: when there are several matches, show them line a CTRL-D. | |
3437 | |
3438 | |
3439 Command line history: | |
222 | 3440 9 Remember which command lines were actually typed and were not loaded from |
3441 viminfo. When writing viminfo append only these lines, so that lines from | |
3442 other Vim's are not overwritten. | |
7 | 3443 - Add "KeyWasTyped" flag: It's reset before each command and set when a |
3444 character from the keyboard is consumed. Value is used to decide to put a | |
3445 command line in history or not. Put line in history if it didn't | |
3446 completely resulted from one mapping. | |
3447 - When using ":browse", also put the resulting edit command in the history, | |
3448 so that it can be repeated. (Demirel) | |
3449 | |
3450 | |
3451 Insert mode: | |
10 | 3452 9 When 'autoindent' is set, hitting <CR> twice, while there is text after |
3453 the cursor, doesn't delete the autoindent in the resulting blank line. | |
3454 (Rich Wales) This is Vi compatible, but it looks like a bug. | |
7 | 3455 8 When using CTRL-O in Insert mode, then executing an insert command |
3456 "a" or "i", should we return to Insert mode after <Esc>? (Eggink) | |
3457 Perhaps it can be allowed a single time, to be able to do | |
3458 "<C-O>10axyz<Esc>". Nesting this further is confusing. | |
3459 ":map <F2> 5aabc<Esc>" works only once from Insert mode. | |
1624 | 3460 8 When using CTRL-G CTRL-O do like CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but when returning with |
3461 the cursor in the same position and the text didn't change continue the | |
3462 same change, so that "." repeats the whole insert. | |
7 | 3463 7 Use CTRL-G <count> to repeat what follows. Useful for inserting a |
3464 character multiple times or repeating CTRL-Y. | |
1668 | 3465 - Make 'revins' work in Replace mode. |
7 | 3466 7 Use 'matchpairs' for 'showmatch': When inserting a character check if it |
3467 appears in the rhs of 'matchpairs'. | |
3468 - In Insert mode (and command line editing?): Allow undo of the last typed | |
3469 character. This is useful for CTRL-U, CTRL-W, delete and backspace, and | |
3470 also for characters that wrap to the next line. | |
3471 Also: be able to undo CTRL-R (insert register). | |
3472 Possibly use 'backspace'="whole" for a mode where at least a <CR> that | |
3473 inserts autoindent is undone by a single <BS>. | |
3474 - Use CTRL-G in Insert mode for an extra range of commands, like "g" in | |
3475 Normal mode. | |
3476 - Make 'paste' work without resetting other options, but override their | |
3477 value. Avoids problems when changing files and modelines or autocommands | |
3478 are used. | |
3479 - When typing CTRL-V and a digit higher than 2, only expect two digits. | |
3480 - Insert binary numbers with CTRL-V b. | |
3481 - Make it possible to undo <BS>, <C-W> and <C-U>. Bash uses CTRL-Y. | |
3482 | |
3483 | |
3484 'cindent', 'smartindent': | |
1624 | 3485 9 ") :" confuses continuation line: (Colin Bennett, 2007 Dec 14) |
3486 cout << "a" | |
3487 << ") :" | |
3488 << "y"; | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3489 9 "} else" causes following lines to be indented too much. (Rouben |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3490 Rostamian, 2008 Aug 30) |
1125 | 3491 8 Lisp indenting: "\\" confuses the indenter. (Dorai Sitaram, 2006 May 17) |
1624 | 3492 8 Why are continuation lines outside of a {} block not indented? E.g.: |
3493 long_type foo = | |
3494 value; | |
7 | 3495 8 Java: Inside an anonymous class, after an "else" or "try" the indent is |
3496 too small. (Vincent Bergbauer) | |
832 | 3497 Problem of using {} inside (), 'cindent' doesn't work then. |
7 | 3498 8 In C++ it's possible to have {} inside (): (Kirshna) |
3499 func( | |
3500 new String[] { | |
3501 "asdf", | |
3502 "asdf" | |
3503 } | |
3504 ); | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3505 8 In C++ a function isn't recognized inside a namespace: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3506 (Chow Loong Jin) |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3507 namespace { |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3508 int |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3509 func(int arg) { |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3510 } |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3511 } |
1125 | 3512 6 Add 'cino' flag for this function argument layout: (Spencer Collyer) |
3513 func( arg1 | |
3514 , arg2 | |
3515 , arg3 | |
3516 ); | |
829 | 3517 7 Add separate "(0" option into inside/outside a function (Zellner): |
7 | 3518 func( |
3519 int x) // indent like "(4" | |
3520 { | |
3521 if (a | |
3522 && b) // indent like "(0" | |
3523 9 Using "{" in a comment: (Helmut Stiegler) | |
3524 if (a) | |
3525 { | |
3526 if (b) | |
3527 { | |
3528 // { | |
3529 } | |
3530 } <-- this is indented incorrect | |
829 | 3531 Problem is that find_start_brace() checks for the matching brace to be in |
3532 a comment, but not braces in between. Requires adding a comment check to | |
3533 findmatchlimit(). | |
237 | 3534 - Make smartindenting configurable. Add 'sioptions', e.g. '#' setting the |
7 | 3535 indent to 0 should be switched on/off. |
3536 7 Support ANSI style function header, with each argument on its own line. | |
3537 - "[p" and "]p" should use 'cindent' code if it's on (only for the first | |
3538 line). | |
3539 - Add option to 'cindent' to set indent for comments outside of {}? | |
3540 - Make a command to line up a comment after a code line with a previous | |
3541 comment after a code line. Can 'cindent' do this automatically? | |
3542 7 Add 'j' flag to 'formatoptions': Remove comment leader when joining lines. | |
3543 - When 'cindent'ing a '}', showmatch is done before fixing the indent. It | |
3544 looks better when the indent is fixed before the showmatch. (Webb) | |
3545 - Add option to make indenting work in comments too (for commented-out | |
3546 code), unless the line starts with "*". | |
3547 - Don't use 'cindent' when doing formatting with "gq"? | |
3548 - When formatting a comment after some text, insert the '*' for the new line | |
3549 (indent is correct if 'cindent' is set, but '*' doesn't get inserted). | |
3550 8 When 'comments' has both "s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/" and "s1:(*,mb:*,ex:*)", the | |
3551 'x' flag always uses the first match. Need to continue looking for more | |
3552 matches of "*" and remember all characters that could end the comment. | |
3553 - For smartindent: When typing 'else' line it up with matching 'if'. | |
3554 - 'smartindent': allow patterns in 'cinwords', for e.g. TeX files, where | |
3555 lines start with "\item". | |
3556 - Support this style of comments (with an option): (Brown) | |
3557 /* here is a comment that | |
3558 is just autoindented, and | |
3559 nothing else */ | |
3560 - Add words to 'cinwords' to reduce the indent, e.g., "end" or "fi". | |
3561 7 Use Tabs for the indent of starting lines, pad with spaces for | |
3562 continuation lines. Allows changing 'tabstop' without messing up the | |
3563 indents. | |
829 | 3564 'keeptabs': when set don't change the tabs and spaces used for indent, |
3565 when the indent remains the same or increases. | |
7 | 3566 |
3567 | |
3568 Java: | |
3569 8 Can have {} constructs inside parens. Include changes from Steve | |
3570 Odendahl? | |
3571 8 Recognize "import java.util.Vector" and use $CLASSPATH to find files for | |
3572 "[i" commands and friends. | |
3573 - For files found with 'include': handle "*" in included name, for Java. | |
3574 (Jason) | |
3575 - How to make a "package java.util" cause all classes in the package to be | |
3576 searched? Also for "import java.util.*". (Mark Brophy) | |
3577 | |
3578 | |
3579 'comments': | |
3580 8 When formatting C comments that are after code, the "*" isn't repeated | |
3581 like it's done when there is no code. And there is no automatic wrapping. | |
3582 Recognize comments that come after code. Should insert the comment leader | |
3583 when it's "#" or "//". | |
121 | 3584 Other way around: when a C command starts with "* 4" the "*" is repeated |
3585 while it should not. Use syntax HL comment recognition? | |
7 | 3586 7 When using "comments=fg:--", Vim inserts three spaces for a new line. |
3587 When hitting a TAB, these spaces could be removed. | |
3588 7 The 'n'esting flag doesn't do the indenting of the last (rightmost) item. | |
3589 6 Make strings in 'comments' option a RE, to be able to match more | |
3590 complicated things. (Phillipps) Use a special flag to indicate that a | |
3591 regexp is used. | |
3592 8 Make the 'comments' option with "/* * */" lines only repeat the "*" line | |
3593 when there is a "/*" before it? Or include this in 'cindent'? | |
3594 | |
3595 | |
3596 Virtual edit: | |
3597 8 Make the horizontal scrollbar work to move the text further left. | |
3598 7 Allow specifying it separately for Tabs and beyond end-of-line? | |
3599 | |
3600 | |
3601 Text objects: | |
1624 | 3602 8 Add text object for fold, so that it can be yanked when it's open. |
7 | 3603 8 Add test script for text object commands "aw", "iW", etc. |
1280 | 3604 8 Add text object for part of a CamelHumpedWord and under_scored_word. |
164 | 3605 (Scott Graham) "ac" and "au"? |
169 | 3606 8 Add a text object for any kind of quoting, also with multi-byte |
3607 characters. Option to specify what quotes are recognized (default: all) | |
170 | 3608 use "aq" and "iq". Use 'quotepairs' to define pairs of quotes, like |
3609 'matchpairs'? | |
169 | 3610 8 Add text object for any kind of parens, also multi-byte ones. |
7 | 3611 7 Add text object for current search pattern: "a/" and "i/". Makes it |
3612 possible to turn text highlighted for 'hlsearch' into a Visual area. | |
1624 | 3613 8 Add a way to make an ":omap" for a user-defined text object. Requires |
3614 changing the starting position in oap->start. | |
7 | 3615 8 Add "gp" and "gP" commands: insert text and make sure there is a single |
3616 space before it, unless at the start of the line, and after it, unless at | |
3617 the end of the line or before a ".". | |
3618 7 Add objects with backwards extension? Use "I" and "A". Thus "2dAs" | |
3619 deletes the current and previous sentence. (Jens Paulus) | |
3620 7 Add "g{" and "g}" to move to the first/last character of a paragraph | |
3621 (instead of the line just before/after a paragraph as with "{" and "}"). | |
3622 6 Ignore comment leaders for objects. Make "das" work in reply-email. | |
3623 5 Make it possible to use syntax group matches as a text object. For | |
3624 example, define a "ccItem" group, then do "da<ccItem>" to delete one. | |
3625 Or, maybe just define "dai", delete-an-item, to delete the syntax item the | |
3626 cursor is on. | |
3627 | |
3628 | |
3629 Select mode: | |
3630 8 In blockwise mode, typed characters are inserted in front of the block, | |
3631 backspace deletes a column before the block. (Steve Hall) | |
3632 7 Alt-leftmouse starts block mode selection in MS Word. | |
3633 See http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=743 | |
3634 7 Add Cmdline-select mode. Like Select mode, but used on the command line. | |
3635 - Change gui_send_mouse_event() to pass on mouse events when 'mouse' | |
3636 contains 'C' or 'A'. | |
3637 - Catch mouse events in ex_getln.c. Also shift-cursor, etc., like in | |
3638 normal_cmd(). | |
3639 - remember start and end of selection in cmdline_info. | |
3640 - Typing text replaces the selection. | |
3641 | |
3642 | |
3643 Visual mode: | |
3644 - When dragging the Visual selection with the mouse and 'scrolloff' is zero, | |
3645 behave like 'scrolloff' is one, so that the text scrolls when the pointer | |
3646 is in the top line. | |
713 | 3647 - Displaying size of Visual area: use 24-33 column display. |
3648 When selecting multiple lines, up to about a screenful, also count the | |
3649 characters. | |
7 | 3650 8 When using "I" or "A" in Visual block mode, short lines do not get the new |
587 | 3651 text. Make it possible to add the text to short lines too, with padding |
7 | 3652 where needed. |
3653 7 With a Visual block selected, "2x" deletes a block of double the width, | |
3654 "3y" yanks a block of triple width, etc. | |
3655 7 When selecting linewise, using "itext" should insert "text" at the start | |
3656 of each selected line. | |
3657 8 What is "R" supposed to do in Visual mode? | |
3658 8 Make Visual mode local to the buffer. Allow changing to another buffer. | |
3659 When starting a new Visual selection, remove the Visual selection in any | |
3660 other buffer. (Ron Aaron) | |
3661 8 Support dragging the Visual area to drop it somewhere else. (Ron Aaron, | |
3662 Ben Godfrey) | |
3663 7 Support dragging the Visual area to drop it in another program, and | |
3664 receive dropped text from another program. (Ben Godfrey) | |
3665 7 With blockwise Visual mode and "c", "C", "I", "A", etc., allow the use of | |
3666 a <CR>. The entered lines are repeated over the Visual area. | |
3667 7 CTRL-V :s should substitute only in the block, not to whole lines. (David | |
3668 Young is working on this) | |
3669 7 Filtering a block should only apply to the block, not to the whole lines. | |
8 | 3670 When the number of lines is increased, add lines. When decreased, pad with |
7 | 3671 spaces or delete? Use ":`<,`>" on the command line. |
3672 8 After filtering the Visual area, make "gv" select the filtered text? | |
3673 Currently "gv" only selects a single line, not useful. | |
3674 7 Don't move the cursor when scrolling? Needed when the selection should | |
3675 stay the same. Scroll to the cursor at any movement command. With an | |
3676 option! | |
3677 7 In Visual block mode, need to be able to define a corner on a position | |
3678 that doesn't have text? Also: when using the mouse, be able to select | |
3679 part of a TAB. Even more: Add a mode where the cursor can be on a screen | |
3680 position where there is no text. When typing, add spaces to fill the gap. | |
3681 Other solution: Always use curswant, so that you can move the cursor to | |
3682 the right column, and then use up/down movements to select the line, | |
3683 without changing the column. | |
3684 6 ":left" and ":right" should work in Visual block mode. | |
3685 7 CTRL-I and CTRL-O should work in Visual mode, but only jump to marks in the | |
3686 current buffer. | |
3687 7 CTRL-A and CTRL-X should increase/decrease all numbers in the Visual area. | |
3688 6 In non-Block mode, "I" should insert the same text in front of each line, | |
3689 before the first non-blank, "gI" in column 1. | |
3690 6 In non-Block mode, "A" should append the same text after each line. | |
3691 6 When in blockwise visual selection (CTRL-V), allow cursor to be placed | |
237 | 3692 right of the line. Could also allow cursor to be placed anywhere on a TAB |
7 | 3693 or other special character. |
3694 6 Add commands to move selected text, without deselecting. | |
3695 | |
3696 | |
3697 More advanced repeating commands: | |
3698 - Add "." command for visual mode: redo last visual command (e.g. ":fmt"). | |
237 | 3699 7 Repeating "d:{cmd}" with "." doesn't work. (Benji Fisher) Somehow remember |
7 | 3700 the command line so that it can be repeated? |
1624 | 3701 - Add "gn": repeat last movement command. Including count. |
237 | 3702 - Add "." command after operator: repeat last command of same operator. E.g. |
7 | 3703 "c." will repeat last change, also when "x" used since then (Webb). |
3704 "y." will repeat last yank. | |
3705 "c2." will repeat the last but one change? | |
3706 Also: keep history of Normal mode commands, add command to list the history | |
3707 and/or pick an older command. | |
3708 - History stack for . command? Use "g." command. | |
3709 | |
3710 | |
3711 Mappings and Abbreviations: | |
3712 8 When "0" is mapped (it is a movement command) this mapping should not be | |
3713 used after typing another number, e.g. "20l". (Charles Campbell) | |
3714 Is this possible without disabling the mapping of the following command? | |
3715 8 Should mapping <C-A> and <C-S-A> both work? | |
3716 7 ":abbr b byte", append "b " to an existing word still expands to "byte". | |
3717 This is Vi compatible, but can we avoid it anyway? | |
3718 8 To make a mapping work with a prepended "x to select a register, store the | |
3719 last _typed_ register name and access it with "&. | |
3720 8 Add ":amap", like ":amenu". | |
725 | 3721 7 Add a mapping that works always, for remapping the keyboard. |
7 | 3722 8 Add ":cab!", abbreviations that only apply to Command-line mode and not to |
3723 entering search strings. | |
3724 8 Add a flag to ":abbrev" to eat the character that triggers the | |
3725 abbreviation. Thus "abb ab xxx" and typing "ab<Space>" inserts "xxx" and | |
3726 not the <Space>. | |
3727 8 Allow mapping of CTRL-@ (anywhere in the LHS). | |
3728 8 Give a warning when using CTRL-C in the lhs of a mapping. It will never | |
3729 (?) work. | |
3730 8 Add a way to save a current mapping and restore it later. Use a function | |
3731 that returns the mapping command to restore it: mapcmd()? mapcheck() is | |
3732 not fool proof. How to handle ambiguous mappings? | |
3733 7 Add <0x8f> (hex), <033> (octal) and <123> (decimal) to <> notation? | |
3734 7 Allow mapping "Q" and "Q}" at the same time. Need to put a flag with "Q", | |
237 | 3735 that it needs an extra character before it can match. See Vile 'maplonger' |
7 | 3736 option. |
3737 7 When someone tries to unmap with a trailing space, and it fails, try | |
3738 unmapping without the trailing space. Helps for ":unmap xx | unmap yy". | |
3739 7 Make it possible to map 'wildchar', but only when it's a special character | |
3740 (like CTRL-E). Currently it's only recognized when typed. Useful for | |
3741 mapping a key to do something and then completion. | |
3742 6 Context-sensitive abbreviations: Specify syntax group(s) in which the | |
3743 abbreviations are to be used. | |
3744 - Add mappings that take arguments. Could work like the ":s" command. For | |
3745 example, for a mouse escape sequence: | |
3746 :mapexp <Esc>{\([0-9]*\),\([0-9]*\); H\1j\2l | |
725 | 3747 - Add optional <Number> argument for mappings: |
3748 :map <Number>q ^W^W<Number>G | |
3749 :map <Number>q<Number>t ^W^W<Number1-1>G<Number2>l | |
3750 :map q<Char> :s/<Char>/\u\0/g | |
3751 Or implicit: | |
3752 :map q <Register>d<Number>$ | |
7 | 3753 - Make it possible to include a <Nul> in the lhs and rhs of a mapping. |
3754 - Add command to repeat a whole mapping ("." only repeats the last change in | |
3755 a mapping). Also: Repeat a whole insert command, including any mappings | |
3756 that it included. Sort-of automatic recording? | |
3757 - Add an option to ":map" that makes it display the special keys in | |
3758 <> notation (e.g. <CR> instead of ^M). Or just always do this? | |
3759 - Include an option (or flag to 'cpoptions') that makes errors in mappings | |
3760 not flush the rest of the mapping (like nvi does). | |
3761 - Use context sensitiveness of completion to switch abbreviations and | |
3762 mappings off for :unab and :unmap. | |
3763 6 When using mappings in Insert mode, insert characters for incomplete | |
3764 mappings first, then remove them again when a mapping matches. Avoids | |
3765 that characters that are the start of some mapping are not shown until you | |
3766 hit another character. | |
3767 - Add mappings for replace mode: ":rmap". How do we then enter mappings for | |
3768 non-replace Insert mode? | |
3769 - Add separate mappings for Visual-character/block/line mode? | |
3770 - Add 'mapstop' command, to stop recursive mappings. | |
3771 - List mappings that have a raw escape sequence both with the name of the key | |
3772 for that escape sequence (if there is one) and the sequence itself. | |
3773 - List mappings: Once with special keys listed as <>, once with meta chars as | |
237 | 3774 <M-a>, once with the byte values (octal?). Sort of "spell mapping" command? |
7 | 3775 - When entering mappings: Add the possibility to enter meta keys like they |
3776 are displayed, within <>: <M-a>, <~@> or <|a>. | |
3777 - Allow multiple arguments to :unmap. | |
3778 - Command to show keys that are not used and available for mapping | |
3779 ":freekeys". | |
3780 - Allow any character except white space in abbreviations lhs (Riehm). | |
3781 | |
3782 | |
3783 Incsearch: | |
3784 - Add a limit to the number of lines that are searched for 'incsearch'? | |
3785 - When no match is found and the user types more, the screen is redrawn | |
3786 anyway. Could skip that. Esp. if the line wraps and the text is scrolled | |
3787 up every time. | |
3788 - Temporarily open folds to show where the search ends up. Restore the | |
3789 folds when going to another line. | |
3790 - When incsearch used and hitting return, no need to search again in many | |
3791 cases, saves a lot of time in big files. (Slootman wants to work on this?) | |
3792 When not using special characters, can continue search from the last match | |
3793 (or not at all, when there was no match). See oldmail/webb/in.872. | |
3794 - With incsearch, use CTRL-N/CTRL-P to go to next/previous match, some other | |
3795 key to copy matched word to search pattern (Alexander Schmid). | |
3796 | |
3797 | |
3798 Searching: | |
625 | 3799 8 Add "g/" and "gb" to search for a pattern in the Visually selected text? |
40 | 3800 "g?" is already used for rot13. |
1125 | 3801 The vis.vim script has a ":S" command that does something like this. |
625 | 3802 Can use "g/" in Normal mode, uses the '< to '> area. |
1125 | 3803 Use "&/" for searching the text in the Visual area? |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3804 9 Add "v" offset: "/pat/v": search for pattern and start Visual mode on the |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3805 matching text. |
231 | 3806 8 Add a mechanism for recursiveness: "\@(([^()]*\@g[^()]*)\)". \@g stands |
3807 for "go recursive here" and \@( \) marks the recursive part. | |
3808 Perl does it this way: | |
3809 $paren = qr/ \(( [^()] | (??{ $paren }) )* \) /x; | |
3810 Here $paren is evaluated when it's encountered. This is like a regexp | |
3811 inside a regexp. In the above terms it would be: | |
3812 \@((\([^()]\|\@g\)*)\) | |
1125 | 3813 8 Show the progress every second. Could use the code that checks for CTRL-C |
3814 to find out how much time has passed. Or use SIGALRM. Where to show the | |
3815 number? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3816 8 When using an expression for ":s", set the match position in a v: |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3817 variable. So that you can do ":%s/^/\=v:lnum/" to put a line number |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3818 before each line. |
328 | 3819 7 Support for approximate-regexps to find similar words (agrep |
3820 http://www.tgries.de/agrep/ tre: http://laurikari.net/tre/index.html). | |
218 | 3821 8 Add an item for a big character range, so that one can search for a |
3822 chinese character: \z[234-1234] or \z[XX-YY] or \z[0x23-0x234]. | |
39 | 3823 7 Add an item stack to allow matching (). One side is "push X on |
7 | 3824 the stack if previous atom matched". Other side is "match with top of |
3825 stack, pop it when it matches". Use "\@pX" and "\@m"? | |
3826 Example: \((\@p).\{-}\@m\)* | |
3827 7 Add an option to accept a match at the cursor position. Also for | |
3828 search(). (Brett) | |
39 | 3829 7 Add a flag to "/pat/" to discard an error. Useful to continue a mapping |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
3830 when a search fails. Could be "/pat/E" (e is already used for end offset). |
7 | 3831 7 Add pattern item to use properties of Unicode characters. In Perl it's |
3832 "\p{L}" for a letter. See Regular Expression Pocket Reference. | |
3833 8 Would it be possible to allow ":23,45/pat/flags" to search for "pat" in | |
3834 lines 23 to 45? Or does this conflict with Ex range syntax? | |
3835 8 Allow identical pairs in 'matchpairs'. Restrict the search to the current | |
3836 line. | |
3837 7 Allow longer pairs in 'matchpairs'. Use ~/vim/macros/matchit.vim as an | |
3838 example. | |
3839 8 Make it possible to define the character that "%" checks for in | |
3840 #if/#endif. For nmake it's !if/!endif. | |
3841 - For "%" command: set hierarchy for which things include other things that | |
3842 should be ignored (like "*/" or "#endif" inside /* */). | |
3843 Also: use "%" to jump from start to end of syntax region and back. | |
3844 Alternative: use matchit.vim | |
3845 8 "/:/e+1" gets stuck on a match at the end of the line. Do we care? | |
3846 8 A pattern like "\([^a]\+\)\+" takes an awful long time. Recognize that | |
3847 the recursive "\+" is meaningless and optimize for it. | |
3848 This one is also very slow on "/* some comment */": "^\/\*\(.*[^/]\)*$". | |
3849 7 Recognize "[a-z]", "[0-9]", etc. and replace them with the faster "\l" and | |
3850 "\d". | |
24 | 3851 7 Add a way to specify characters in <C-M> or <Key> form. Could be |
3852 \%<C-M>. | |
7 | 3853 8 Add an argument after ":s/pat/str/" for a range of matches. For example, |
3854 ":s/pat/str/#3-4" to replace only the third and fourth "pat" in a line. | |
1624 | 3855 8 When 'iskeyword' is changed the matches from 'hlsearch' may change. (Benji |
3856 Fisher) redraw if some options are set while 'hlsearch' is set? | |
7 | 3857 8 Add an option not to use 'hlsearch' highlighting for ":s" and ":g" |
3858 commands. (Kahn) It would work like ":noh" is used after that command. | |
3859 Also: An extra flag to do this once, and a flag to keep the existing | |
3860 search pattern. | |
1624 | 3861 - Make 'hlsearch' a local/global option, so that it can be disabled in some |
3862 of the windows. | |
7 | 3863 - Add \%h{group-name}; to search for a specific highlight group. |
3864 Add \%s{syntax-group}; to search for a specific syntax group. | |
3865 - Support Perl regexp. Use PCRE (Perl Compatible RE) package. (Shade) | |
3866 Or translate the pattern to a Vim one. | |
3867 Don't switch on with an option for typed commands/mappings/functions, it's | |
3868 too confusing. Use "\@@" in the pattern, to avoid incompatibilities. | |
1624 | 3869 8 Add a way to access the last substitute text, what is used for ":s//~/". |
3870 Can't use the ~ register, it's already used for drag & drop. | |
7 | 3871 - Remember flags for backreferenced items, so that "*" can be used after it. |
3872 Check with "\(\S\)\1\{3}". (Hemmerling) | |
1624 | 3873 8 Flags that apply to the whole pattern. |
3874 This works for all places where a regexp is used. | |
3875 Add "\q" to not store this pattern as the last search pattern? | |
7 | 3876 - Add flags to search command (also for ":s"?): |
3877 i ignore case | |
3878 I use case | |
3879 p use Perl regexp syntax (or POSIX?) | |
3880 v use Vi regexp syntax | |
3881 f forget pattern, don't keep it for "n" command | |
3882 F remember pattern, keep it for "n" command | |
3883 Perl uses these too: | |
3884 e evaluate the right side as an expression (Perl only) | |
3885 m multiple line expression (we don't need it) | |
3886 o compile only once (Perl only) | |
3887 s single line expression (we don't need it) | |
3888 x extended regexp (we don't need it) | |
3889 When used after ":g" command, backslash needed to avoid confusion with the | |
3890 following command. | |
3891 Add 'searchflags' for default flags (replaces 'gdefault'). | |
3892 - Add command to display the last used substitute pattern and last used | |
3893 pattern. (Margo) Maybe make it accessible through a register (like "/ | |
3894 for search string)? | |
3895 7 Use T-search algorithm, to speed up searching for strings without special | |
3896 characters. See C't article, August 1997. | |
3897 - Add 'fuzzycase' option, so that case doesn't matter, and '-' and '_' are | |
3898 equivalent (for Unix filenames). | |
3899 - Add 'v' flag to search command: enter Visual mode, with the matching text | |
3900 as Visual area. (variation on idea from Bertin) | |
3901 - Searching: "/this//that/" should find "that" after "this". | |
3902 - Add global search commands: Instead of wrapping at the end of the buffer, | |
237 | 3903 they continue in another buffer. Use flag after search pattern: |
7 | 3904 a for the next file in the argument list |
3905 f for file in the buffer list | |
3906 w for file edited in a window. | |
237 | 3907 e.g. "/pat/f". Then "n" and "N" work through files too. "f" flag also for |
3908 ":s/pat/foo/f"??? Then when 'autowrite' and 'hidden' are both not set, ask | |
7 | 3909 before saving files: "Save modified buffer "/path/file"? (Yes/Hide/No |
3910 Save-all/hide-All/Quit) ". | |
3911 - ":s/pat/foo/3": find 3rd match of "pat", like sed. (Thomas Koehler) | |
3912 7 When searching with 'n' give message when getting back where the search | |
237 | 3913 first started. Remember start of search in '/ mark. |
7 | 3914 7 Add option that scrolls screen to put cursor in middle of screen after |
3915 search always/when off-screen/never. And after a ":tag" command. Maybe | |
3916 specify how many lines below the screen causes a redraw with the cursor in | |
3917 the middle (default would be half a screen, zero means always). | |
3918 6 Support multiple search buffers, so macros can be made without side | |
3919 effects. | |
3920 7 From xvim: Allow a newline in search patterns (also for :s, can delete | |
3921 newline). Add BOW, EOW, NEWL, NLORANY, NLBUTANY, magic 'n' and 'r', etc. | |
3922 [not in xvim:] Add option to switch on matches crossing ONE line boundary. | |
271 | 3923 7 Add ":iselect", a combination of ":ilist" and ":tselect". (Aaron) (Zellner) |
7 | 3924 Also ":dselect". |
3925 | |
3926 | |
3927 Undo: | |
1624 | 3928 9 After undo/redo, in the message show whether the buffer is modified or |
3929 not. | |
2310
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3930 8 Use timestamps for undo, so that a version a certain time ago can be found |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3931 and info before some time/date can be flushed. 'undopersist' gives maximum |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3932 time to keep undo: "3h", "1d", "2w", "1y", etc. |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3933 8 Search for pattern in undo tree, showing when it happened and the text |
3e4574a4b627
Fix a few compiler warnings.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2309
diff
changeset
|
3934 state, so that you can jump to it. |
1125 | 3935 8 Undo tree: visually show the tree somehow (Damian Conway) |
3936 Show only the leaves, indicating how many changed from the branch and the | |
3937 timestamp? | |
3938 Put branch with most recent change on the left, older changes get more | |
3939 indent? | |
1624 | 3940 8 See ":e" as a change operation, find the changes and add them to the |
3941 undo info. Also be able to undo the "Reload file" choice for when a file | |
3942 was changed outside of Vim. | |
3943 Would require doing a diff between the buffer text and the file and | |
3944 storing the differences. | |
2316
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2315
diff
changeset
|
3945 Alternative: before reloading a buffer, store it somewhere. Keep a list |
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2315
diff
changeset
|
3946 of about 10 last reloaded buffers. |
26 | 3947 - Make it possible to undo all the commands from a mapping, including a |
3948 trailing unfinished command, e.g. for ":map K iX^[r". | |
7 | 3949 - When accidentally hitting "R" instead of Ctrl-R, further Ctrl-R is not |
3950 possible, even when typing <Esc> immediately. (Grahn) Also for "i", "a", | |
3951 etc. Postpone saving for undo until something is really inserted? | |
3952 8 When Inserting a lot of text, it can only be undone as a whole. Make undo | |
3953 sync points at every line or word. Could recognize the start of a new | |
3954 word (white space and then non-white space) and backspacing. | |
3955 Can already use CTRL-G u, but that requires remapping a lot of things. | |
3956 8 Make undo more memory-efficient: Compare text before and after change, | |
3957 only remember the lines that really changed. | |
3958 7 Add undo for a range of lines. Can change these back to a previous | |
3959 version without changing the rest of the file. Stop doing this when a | |
3960 change includes only some of these lines and changes the line count. Need | |
3961 to store these undo actions as a separate change that can be undone. | |
3962 - For u_save() include the column number. This can be used to set '[ and ']. | |
3963 And in the future the undo can be made more efficient (Webb). | |
3964 - In out-of-memory situations: Free allocated space in undo, and reduce the | |
3965 number of undo levels (with confirmation). | |
3966 - Instead of [+], give the number of changes since the last write: [+123]. | |
3967 When undoing to before the last write, change this to a negative number: | |
3968 [-99]. | |
3969 - With undo with simple line delete/insert: optimize screen updating. | |
3970 - When executing macro's: Save each line for undo only once. | |
3971 - When doing a global substitute, causing almost all lines to be changed, | |
3972 undo info becomes very big. Put undo info in swap file?? | |
3973 | |
3974 | |
3975 Buffer list: | |
3976 7 Command to execute a command in another buffer: ":inbuf {bufname} {cmd}". | |
3977 Also for other windows: ":inwin {winnr} {cmd}". How to make sure that | |
3978 this works properly for all commands, and still be able to return to the | |
3979 current buffer/window? E.g.: ":inbuf xxx only". | |
3980 8 Add File.{recent_files} menu entries: Recently edited files. | |
3981 Ron Aaron has a plugin for this: mru.vim. | |
3982 8 Unix: Check all uses of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() if they should check | |
3983 inode too. | |
3984 7 Add another number for a buffer, which is visible for the user. When | |
237 | 3985 creating a new buffer, use the lowest number not in use (or the highest |
3986 number in use plus one?). | |
7 | 3987 7 Offer some buffer selection from the command line? Like using ":ls" and |
3988 asking for a buffer number. (Zachmann) | |
3989 - When starting to edit a file that is already in the buffer list, use the | |
3990 file name argument for the new short file name. (Webb) | |
3991 - Add an option to make ":bnext" and ":bprev" wrap around the end of the | |
3992 buffer list. Also for ":next" and ":prev"? | |
3993 7 Add argument to ":ls" which is a pattern for buffers to list. | |
3994 E.g. ":ls *.c". (Thompson) | |
3995 7 Add expansion of buffer names, so that "*.c" is expanded to all buffer | |
3996 names. Needed for ":bdel *.c", ":bunload *.c", etc. | |
3997 8 Support for <afile> where a buffer name is expected. | |
237 | 3998 8 Some commands don't use line numbers, but buffer numbers. '$' |
7 | 3999 should then mean the number of the last buffer. E.g.: "4,$bdel". |
4000 7 Add an option to mostly use slashes in file names. Separately for | |
4001 internal use and for when executing an external program? | |
4002 | |
4003 | |
4004 Swap (.swp) files: | |
4005 8 If writing to the swap file fails, should try to open one in another | |
4006 directory from 'dir'. Useful in case the file system is full and when | |
4007 there are short file name problems. | |
4008 8 Also use the code to try using a short file name for the backup and swap | |
4009 file for the Win32 and Dos 32 bit versions. | |
4010 8 When a file is edited by root, add $LOGNAME to know who did su. | |
4011 8 When the edited file is a symlink, try to put the swap file in the same | |
237 | 4012 dir as the actual file. Adjust FullName(). Avoids editing the same file |
7 | 4013 twice (e.g. when using quickfix). Also try to make the name of the backup |
4014 file the same as the actual file? | |
4015 Use the code for resolve()? | |
4016 7 When using 64 bit inode numbers, also store the top 32 bits. Add another | |
4017 field for this, using part of bo_fname[], to keep it compatible. | |
4018 7 When editing a file on removable media, should put swap file somewhere | |
237 | 4019 else. Use something like 'r' flag in 'viminfo'. 'diravoid'? |
7 | 4020 Also: Be able to specify minimum disk space, skip directory when not |
4021 enough room. | |
4022 7 Add a configure check for which directory should be used: /tmp, /var/tmp | |
4023 or /var/preserve. | |
4024 - Add an option to create a swap file only when making the first change to | |
4025 the buffer. (Liang) Or only when the buffer is not read-only. | |
4026 - Add option to set "umask" for backup files and swap files (Antwerpen). | |
4027 'backupumask' and 'swapumask'? Or 'umaskback' and 'umaskswap'? | |
4028 - When editing a readonly file, don't use a swap file but read parts from the | |
4029 original file. Also do this when the file is huge (>'maxmem'). We do | |
4030 need to load the file once to count the number of lines? Perhaps keep a | |
4031 cached list of which line is where. | |
4032 | |
4033 | |
4034 Viminfo: | |
4035 7 Can probably remove the code that checks for a writable viminfo file, | |
4036 because we now do the chown() for root, and others can't overwrite someone | |
4037 else's viminfo file. | |
1280 | 4038 8 When there is no .viminfo file and someone does "su", runs Vim, a |
4039 root-owned .viminfo file is created. Is there a good way to avoid this? | |
4040 Perhaps check the owner of the directory. Only when root? | |
7 | 4041 8 Add argument to keep the list of buffers when Vim is started with a file |
4042 name. (Schild) | |
4043 8 Keep the last used directory of the file browser (File/Open menu). | |
4044 8 Remember the last used register for "@@". | |
1624 | 4045 8 Remember the redo buffer, so that "." works after restarting. |
7 | 4046 8 Remember a list of last accessed files. To be used in the |
4047 "File.Open Recent" menu. Default is to remember 10 files or so. | |
4048 Also remember which files have been read and written. How to display | |
4049 this? | |
4050 7 Also store the ". register (last inserted text). | |
4051 7 Make it possible to store buffer names in viminfo file relative to some | |
4052 directory, to make them portable over a network. (Aaron) | |
4053 6 Store a snapshot of the currently opened windows. So that when quitting | |
4054 Vim, and then starting again (without a file name argument), you see the | |
4055 same files in the windows. Use ":mksession" code? | |
4056 - Make marks present in .viminfo usable as file marks: Display a list of | |
4057 "last visited files" and select one to jump to. | |
4058 | |
4059 | |
4060 Modelines: | |
4061 8 Before trying to execute a modeline, check that it looks like one (valid | |
4062 option names). If it's very wrong, silently ignore it. | |
4063 Ignore a line that starts with "Subject: ". | |
1624 | 4064 - Add an option to whitelist options that are allowed in a modeline. This |
4065 would allow careful users to use modelines, e.g., only allowing | |
4066 'shiftwidth'. | |
4067 - Add an option to let modelines only set local options, not global ones | |
4068 such as 'encoding'. | |
7 | 4069 - When an option value is coming from a modeline, do not carry it over to |
4070 another edited file? Would need to remember the value from before the | |
4071 modeline setting. | |
4072 - Allow setting a variable from a modeline? Only allow using fixed strings, | |
4073 no function calls, to avoid a security problem. | |
4074 - Allow ":doauto BufRead x.cpp" in modelines, to execute autocommands for | |
4075 .cpp files. | |
4076 - Support the "abbreviate" command in modelines (Kearns). Careful for | |
4077 characters after <Esc>, that is a security leak. | |
4078 - Add option setting to ask user if he wants to have the modelines executed | |
4079 or not. Same for .exrc in local dir. | |
4080 | |
4081 | |
580 | 4082 Sessions: |
4083 8 DOS/Windows: ":mksession" generates a "cd" command where "aa\#bb" means | |
4084 directory "#bb" in "aa", but it's used as "aa#bb". (Ronald Hoellwarth) | |
4085 7 When there is a "help.txt" window in a session file, restoring that | |
4086 session will not get the "LOCAL ADDITIONS" back. | |
7 | 4087 8 With ":mksession" always store the 'sessionoptions' option, even when |
4088 "options" isn't in it. (St-Amant) | |
580 | 4089 8 When using ":mksession", also store a command to reset all options to |
4090 their default value, before setting the options that are not at their | |
4091 default value. | |
4092 7 With ":mksession" also store the tag stack and jump history. (Michal | |
4093 Malecki) | |
4094 7 Persistent variables: "p:var"; stored in viminfo file and sessions files. | |
856 | 4095 |
580 | 4096 |
4097 Options: | |
374 | 4098 7 ":with option=value | command": temporarily set an option value and |
4099 restore it after the command has executed. | |
7 | 4100 7 Setting an option always sets "w_set_curswant", while this is only |
4101 required for a few options. Only do it for those options to avoid the | |
4102 side effect. | |
4103 8 Make "old" number options that really give a number of effects into string | |
4104 options that are a comma separated list. The old number values should | |
4105 also be supported. | |
4106 8 Add commands to save and restore an option, which also preserves the flag | |
4107 that marks if the option was set. Useful to keep the effect of setting | |
4108 'compatible' after ":syntax on" has been used. | |
4109 7 There is 'titleold', why is there no 'iconold'? (Chazelas) | |
4110 7 Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the | |
4111 quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway) | |
4112 | |
4113 | |
4114 External commands: | |
4115 8 When filtering text, redirect stderr so that it can't mess up the screen | |
4116 and Vim doesn't need to redraw it. Also for ":r !cmd". | |
4117 4 Set separate shell for ":sh", piping "range!filter", reading text "r !ls" | |
4118 and writing text "w !wc". (Deutsche) Allow arguments for fast start (e.g. | |
4119 -f). | |
4120 4 Allow direct execution, without using a shell. | |
4121 4 Run an external command in the background. But how about I/O in the GUI? | |
4122 Careful: don't turn Vim into a shell! | |
4123 4 Add feature to disable using a shell or external commands. | |
4124 | |
4125 | |
4126 Multiple Windows: | |
4127 7 "vim -oO file ..." use both horizontal and vertical splits. | |
4128 8 Add CTRL-W T: go to the top window in the column of the current window. | |
4129 And CTRL-W B: go to bottom window. | |
4130 7 Use CTRL-W <Tab>, like alt-tab, to switch between buffers. Repeat <Tab> | |
4131 to select another buffer (only loaded ones?), <BS> to go back, <Enter> to | |
4132 select buffer, <Esc> to go back to original buffer. | |
1668 | 4133 7 Make it possible to edit a new buffer in the preview window. A script can |
4134 then fill it with something. ":popen"? | |
782 | 4135 7 Add a 'tool' window: behaves like a preview window but there can be |
4136 several. Don't count it in only_one_window(). (Alexei Alexandrov) | |
7 | 4137 6 Add an option to resize the shell when splitting and/or closing a window. |
4138 ":vsp" would make the shell wider by as many columns as needed for the new | |
237 | 4139 window. Specify a maximum size (or use the screen size). ":close" would |
7 | 4140 shrink the shell by as many columns as come available. (Demirel) |
4141 7 When starting Vim several times, instantiate a Vim server, that allows | |
4142 communication between the different Vims. Feels like one Vim running with | |
4143 multiple top-level windows. Esp. useful when Vim is started from an IDE | |
4144 too. Requires some form of inter process communication. | |
4145 - Support a connection to an external viewer. Could call the viewer | |
4146 automatically after some seconds of non-activity, or with a command. | |
4147 Allow some way of reporting scrolling and cursor positioning in the viewer | |
4148 to Vim, so that the link between the viewed and edited text can be made. | |
4149 | |
4150 | |
4151 Marks: | |
1624 | 4152 8 Add ten marks for last changed files: ':0, ':1, etc. One mark per file. |
7 | 4153 8 When cursor is first moved because of scrolling, set a mark at this |
4154 position. (Rimon Barr) Use '-. | |
237 | 4155 8 Add a command to jump to a mark and make the motion inclusive. g'm and g`m? |
7 | 4156 8 The '" mark is set to the first line, even when doing ":next" a few times. |
4157 Only set the '" mark when the cursor was really moved in a file. | |
4158 8 Make `` and '', which would position the new cursor position in the middle | |
4159 of the window, restore the old topline (or relative position) from when | |
4160 the mark was set. | |
4161 7 Make a list of file marks in a separate window. For listing all buffers, | |
4162 matching tags, errors, etc. Normal commands to move around. Add commands | |
4163 to jump to the mark (in current window or new window). Start it with | |
4164 ":browse marks"? | |
4165 6 Add a menu that lists the Marks like ":marks". (Amerige) | |
4166 7 For ":jumps", ":tags" and ":marks", for not loaded buffers, remember the | |
4167 text at the mark. Highlight the column with the mark. | |
4168 7 Highlight each mark in some way (With "Mark" highlight group). | |
4169 Or display marks in a separate column, like 'number' does. | |
4170 7 Use d"m to delete rectangular area from cursor to mark m (like Vile's \m | |
4171 command). | |
4172 7 Try to keep marks in the same position when: | |
4173 - replacing with a line break, like in ":s/pat/^M/", move marks after the | |
4174 line break column to the next line. (Acevedo) | |
4175 - inserting/deleting characters in a line. | |
4176 5 Include marks for start/end of the current word and section. Useful in | |
4177 mappings. | |
4178 6 Add "unnamed mark" feature: Like marks for the ":g" command, but place and | |
4179 unplace them with commands before doing something with the lines. | |
4180 Highlight the marked lines somehow. | |
4181 | |
4182 | |
4183 Digraphs: | |
4184 7 Make "ga" show the digraph for a character, if it exists. | |
4185 Also the keymap? | |
4186 - Make it possible to enter "r<C-E>" and "r<C-Y>" (get character from line | |
4187 below/above). | |
4188 - Use digraph table to tell Vim about the collating sequence of special | |
4189 characters? | |
26 | 4190 8 Add command to remove one or more (all) digraphs. (Brown) |
7 | 4191 7 Support different sets of digraphs (depending on the character set?). At |
4192 least Latin1/Unicode, Latin-2, MS-DOS (esp. for Win32). | |
4193 | |
4194 | |
4195 Writing files: | |
4196 - In vim_rename(), should lock "from" file when deleting "to" file for | |
4197 systems other than Amiga. Avoids problems with unexpected longname to | |
4198 shortname conversion. | |
4199 8 write mch_isdevice() for Amiga, Mac, VMS, etc. | |
4200 8 When appending to a file, Vim should also make a backup and a 'patchmode' | |
4201 file. | |
4202 8 'backupskip' doesn't write a backup file at all, a bit dangerous for some | |
4203 applications. Add 'backupelsewhere' to write a backup file in another | |
4204 directory? Or add a flag to 'backupdir'? | |
4205 7 The 'directory' option supports changing path separators to "%" to make | |
4206 file names unique, also support this for 'backupdir'. (Mikolaj Machowski) | |
4207 6 Add an option to write a new, numbered, backup file each time. Like | |
4208 'patchmode', e.g., 'backupmode'. | |
4209 6 Make it possible to write 'patchmode' files to a different directory. | |
4210 E.g., ":set patchmode=~/backups/*.orig". (Thomas) | |
4211 6 Add an option to prepend something to the backup file name. E.g., "#". | |
4212 Or maybe allow a function to modify the backup file name? | |
237 | 4213 8 Only make a backup when overwriting a file for the first time. Avoids |
7 | 4214 losing the original when writing twice. (Slootman) |
4215 7 On non-Unix machines, also overwrite the original file in some situations | |
4216 (file system full, it's a link on an NFS partition). | |
4217 7 When editing a file, check that it has been change outside of Vim more | |
4218 often, not only when writing over it. E.g., at the time the swap file is | |
4219 flushed. Or every ten seconds or so (use the time of day, check it before | |
4220 waiting for a character to be typed). | |
4221 8 When a file was changed since editing started, show this in the status | |
4222 line of the window, like "[time]". | |
4223 Make it easier to reload all outdated files that don't have changes. | |
4224 Automatic and/or with a command. | |
4225 | |
4226 | |
4227 Substitute: | |
343 | 4228 8 Substitute with hex/unicode number "\%xff" and "\%uabcd". Just like |
4229 "\%uabcd" in search pattern. | |
237 | 4230 8 Make it easier to replace in all files in the argument list. E.g.: |
7 | 4231 ":argsub/oldword/newword/". Works like ":argdo %s/oldword/newword/g|w". |
4232 - :s///p prints the line after a substitution. | |
4233 - With :s///c replace \&, ~, etc. when showing the replacement pattern. | |
4234 8 With :s///c allow scrolling horizontally when 'nowrap' is effective. | |
4235 Also allow a count before the scrolling keys. | |
237 | 4236 - Add number option to ":s//2": replace second occurrence of string? Or: |
7 | 4237 :s///N substitutes N times. |
4238 - Add answers to ":substitute" with 'c' flag, used in a ":global", e.g.: | |
4239 ":g/pat1/s/pat2/pat3/cg": 'A' do all remaining replacements, 'Q' don't do | |
4240 any replacements, 'u' undo last substitution. | |
4241 7 Substitute in a block of text. Use {line}.{column} notation in an Ex | |
4242 range, e.g.: ":1.3,$.5s" means to substitute from line 1 column 3 to the | |
4243 last line column 5. | |
4244 5 Add commands to bookmark lines, display bookmarks, remove bookmarks, | |
4245 operate on lines with bookmarks, etc. Like ":global" but with the | |
4246 possibility to keep the bookmarks and use them with several commands. | |
4247 (Stanislav Sitar) | |
4248 | |
4249 | |
4250 Mouse support: | |
4251 8 Add 'o' flag to 'mouse'? | |
4252 7 Be able to set a 'mouseshape' for the popup menu. | |
4253 8 Add 'mouse' flag, which sets a behavior like Visual mode, but automatic | |
4254 yanking at the button-up event. Or like Select mode, but typing gets you | |
4255 out of Select mode, instead of replacing the text. (Bhaskar) | |
4256 - Implement mouse support for the Amiga console. | |
4257 - Using right mouse button to extend a blockwise selection should attach to | |
4258 the nearest corner of the rectangle (four possible corners). | |
4259 - Precede mouse click by a number to simulate double clicks?!? | |
4260 - When mouse click after 'r' command, get character that was pointed to. | |
4261 | |
4262 | |
4263 Argument list: | |
4264 6 Add command to put all filenames from the tag files in the argument list. | |
4265 When given an argument, only use the files where that argument matches | |
4266 (like `grep -l ident`) and jump to the first match. | |
4267 6 Add command to form an args list from all the buffers? | |
4268 | |
4269 | |
4270 Registers: | |
4271 8 Don't display empty registers with ":display". (Etienne) | |
4272 8 Make the # register writable, so that it can be restored after jumping | |
4273 around in windows. | |
4274 8 Add put command that overwrites existing text. Should also work for | |
4275 blocks. Useful to move text around in a table. Works like using "R ^R r" | |
4276 for every line. | |
4277 6 When yanking into the unnamed registers several times, somehow make the | |
4278 previous contents also available (like it's done for deleting). What | |
4279 register names to use? g"1, g"2, etc.? | |
4280 - When appending to a register, also report the total resulting number of | |
4281 lines. Or just say "99 more lines yanked", add the "more". | |
4282 - When inserting a register in Insert mode with CTRL-R, don't insert comment | |
4283 leader when line wraps? | |
4284 - The ":@r" commands should take a range and execute the register for each | |
4285 line in the range. | |
4286 - Add "P" command to insert contents of unnamed register, move selected text | |
4287 to position of previous deleted (to swap foo and bar in " + foo") | |
4288 8 Should be able to yank and delete into the "/ register. | |
4289 How to take care of the flags (offset, magic)? | |
8 | 4290 |
7 | 4291 |
4292 Debug mode: | |
4293 7 Add something to enable debugging when a remote message is received. | |
4294 8 Add breakpoints for setting an option | |
9 | 4295 8 Add breakpoints for assigning to a variable. |
7 | 4296 7 Add a watchpoint in the debug mode: An expression that breaks execution |
23 | 4297 when evaluating to non-zero. Add the "watchadd expr" command, stop when |
4298 the value of the expression changes. ":watchdel" deletes an item, | |
4299 ":watchlist" lists the items. (Charles Campbell) | |
7 | 4300 7 Store the history from debug mode in viminfo. |
4301 7 Make the debug mode history available with histget() et al. | |
4302 | |
4303 | |
4304 Various improvements: | |
1624 | 4305 8 ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work. Also: ":sign unplace * |
4306 buffer={bufnr}". So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer. | |
667 | 4307 7 Add plugins for formatting? Should be able to make a choice depending on |
4308 the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.). | |
4309 Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the | |
4310 "format/chinese.vim" plugin. | |
4311 The plugin would set 'formatexpr' and define the function being called. | |
4312 Edward L. Fox explains how it should be done for most Asian languages. | |
4313 (2005 Nov 24) | |
1624 | 4314 Alternative: patch for utf-8 line breaking. (Yongwei Wu, 2008 Feb 23) |
432 | 4315 7 [t to move to previous xml/html tag (like "vatov"), ]t to move to next |
4316 ("vatv"). | |
436 | 4317 7 [< to move to previous xml/html tag, e.g., previous <li>. ]< to move to |
4318 next <li>, ]< to next </li>, [< to previous </li>. | |
7 | 4319 8 Add ":rename" command: rename the file of the current buffer and rename |
4320 the buffer. Buffer may be modified. | |
1125 | 4321 7 Instead of filtering errors with a shell script it should be possible to |
4322 do this with Vim script. A function that filters the raw text that comes | |
4323 from the 'makeprg'? | |
651 | 4324 - Add %b to 'errorformat': buffer number. (Yegappan Lakshmanan / Suresh |
41 | 4325 Govindachar) |
1125 | 4326 7 Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the |
4327 first quickfix location. ":cbefore"? | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4328 7 Allow a window not to have a statusline. Makes it possible to use a |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4329 window as a buffer-tab selection. |
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4330 8 Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner) |
7 | 4331 6 Python interface: add vim.message() function. (Michal Vitecek, 2002 Nov 5) |
4332 7 Support using ":vert" with User commands. Add expandable items <vert>. | |
4333 Do the same for ":browse" and ":confirm"? | |
4334 For ":silent" and ":debug" apply to the whole user command. | |
1624 | 4335 More general: need a way to access command modifiers in a user command. |
4336 Assign them to a v: variable? | |
7 | 4337 7 Add an invisible buffer which can be edited. For use in scripts that want |
4338 to manipulate text without changing the window layout. | |
4339 8 Add a command to revert to the saved version of file; undo or redo until | |
4340 all changes are gone. | |
4341 6 "vim -q -" should read the list of errors from stdin. (Gautam Mudunuri) | |
4342 8 Add "--remote-fail": When contacting the server fails, exit Vim. | |
4343 Add "--remote-self": When contacting the server fails, do it in this Vim. | |
4344 Overrules the default of "--remote-send" to fail and "--remote" to do it | |
4345 in this Vim. | |
4346 8 When Vim was started without a server, make it possible to start one, as | |
237 | 4347 if the "--servername" argument was given. ":startserver <name>"? |
7 | 4348 8 No address range can be used before the command modifiers. This makes |
4349 them difficult to use in a menu for Visual mode. Accept the range and | |
4350 have it apply to the following command. | |
4351 8 Add the possibility to set 'fileformats' to force a format and strip other | |
4352 CR characters. For example, for "dos" files remove CR characters at the | |
4353 end of the line, so that a file with mixed line endings is cleaned up. | |
4354 To just not display the CR characters: Add a flag to 'display'? | |
4355 7 Some compilers give error messages in which the file name does not have a | |
4356 path. Be able to specify that 'path' is used for these files. | |
4357 7 Xterm sends <Esc>O3F for <M-End>. Similarly for other <M-Home>, <M-Left>, | |
4358 etc. Combinations of Alt, Ctrl and Shift are also possible. Recognize | |
4359 these to avoid inserting the raw byte sequence, handle like the key | |
4360 without modifier (unless mapped). | |
4361 6 Add "gG": like what "gj" is to "j": go to the N'th window line. | |
4362 8 Add command like ":normal" that accepts <Key> notation like ":map". | |
4363 9 Support ACLs on more systems. | |
4364 7 Add ModeMsgVisual, ModeMsgInsert, etc. so that each mode message can be | |
4365 highlighted differently. | |
4366 7 Add a message area for the user. Set some option to reserve space (above | |
4367 the command line?). Use an ":echouser" command to display the message | |
4368 (truncated to fit in the space). | |
4369 7 Add %s to 'keywordprg': replace with word under the cursor. (Zellner) | |
4370 8 Support printing on Unix. Can use "lpansi.c" as an example. (Bookout) | |
4371 8 Add put command that replaces the text under it. Esp. for blockwise | |
4372 Visual mode. | |
8 | 4373 7 Enhance termresponse stuff: Add t_CV(?): pattern of term response, use |
7 | 4374 regexp: "\e\[[>?][0-9;]*c", but only check just after sending t_RV. |
4375 7 Add "g|" command: move to N'th column from the left margin (after wrapping | |
4376 and applying 'leftcol'). Works as "|" like what "g0" is to "0". | |
4377 7 Support setting 'equalprg' to a user function name. | |
4378 7 Highlight the characters after the end-of-line differently. | |
4379 7 When 'whichwrap' contains "l", "$dl" should join lines? | |
4380 8 Add an argument to configure to use $CFLAGS and not modify it? (Mooney) | |
4381 8 Enabling features is a mix of configure arguments and defines in | |
4382 feature.h. How to make this consistent? Feature.h is required for | |
4383 non-unix systems. Perhaps let configure define CONF_XXX, and use #ifdef | |
4384 CONF_XXX in feature.h? Then what should min-features and max-features do? | |
4385 8 Add "g^E" and "g^Y", to scroll a screen-full line up and down. | |
4386 6 Add ":timer" command, to set a command to be executed at a certain | |
4387 interval, or once after some time has elapsed. (Aaron) | |
620 | 4388 Perhaps an autocommand event like CursorHold is better? |
7 | 4389 8 Add ":confirm" handling in open_exfile(), for when file already exists. |
4390 8 When quitting with changed files, make the dialog list the changed file | |
4391 and allow "write all", "discard all", "write some". The last one would | |
4392 then ask "write" or "discard" for each changed file. Patch in HierAssist | |
4393 does something like this. (Shah) | |
4394 7 Use growarray for replace stack. | |
4395 7 Have a look at viH (Hellenic or Greek version of Vim). But a solution | |
4396 outside of Vim might be satisfactory (Haritsis). | |
4397 3 Make "2d%" work like "d%d%" instead of "d2%"? | |
4398 7 "g CTRL-O" jumps back to last used buffer. Skip CTRL-O jumps in the same | |
4399 buffer. Make jumplist remember the last ten accessed buffers? | |
4400 - Add code to disable the CAPS key when going from Insert to Normal mode. | |
4401 - Set date/protection/etc. of the patchfile the same as the original file. | |
4402 - Use growarray for termcodes[] in term.c | |
4403 - Add <window-99>, like <cword> but use filename of 99'th window. | |
4404 7 Add a way to change an operator to always work characterwise-inclusive | |
4405 (like "v" makes the operator characterwise-exclusive). "x" could be used. | |
4406 - Make a set of operations on list of names: expand wildcards, replace home | |
4407 dir, append a string, delete a string, etc. | |
4408 - Remove mktemp() and use tmpname() only? Ctags does this. | |
4409 - When replacing environment variables, and there is one that is not set, | |
4410 turn it into an empty string? Only when expanding options? (Hiebert) | |
4411 - Option to set command to be executed instead of producing a beep (e.g. to | |
4412 call "play newbeep.au"). | |
4413 - Add option to show the current function name in the status line. More or | |
4414 less what you find with "[[k", like how 'cindent' recognizes a function. | |
4415 (Bhatt). | |
4416 - "[r" and "]r": like "p" and "P", but replace instead of insert (esp. for | |
4417 blockwise registers). | |
4418 - Add 'timecheck' option, on by default. Makes it possible to switch off the | |
4419 timestamp warning and question. (Dodt). | |
4420 - Add an option to set the time after which Vim should check the timestamps | |
4421 of the files. Only check when an event occurs (e.g., character typed, | |
4422 mouse moved). Useful for non-GUI versions where keyboard focus isn't | |
4423 noticeable. | |
4424 - Make 'smartcase' work even though 'ic' isn't set (Webb). | |
4425 7 When formatting text, allow to break the line at a number of characters. | |
4426 Use an option for this: 'breakchars'? Useful for formatting Fortran code. | |
4427 - Add flag to 'formatoptions' to be able to format book-style paragraphs | |
4428 (first line of paragraph has larger indent, no empty lines between | |
4429 paragraphs). Complements the '2' flag. Use '>' flag when larger indent | |
4430 starts a new paragraph, use '<' flag when smaller indent starts a new | |
4431 paragraph. Both start a new paragraph on any indent change. | |
1125 | 4432 8 The 'a' flag in 'formatoptions' is too dangerous. In some way only do |
4433 auto-formatting in specific regions, e.g. defined by syntax highlighting. | |
7 | 4434 8 Allow using a trailing space to signal a paragraph that continues on the |
4435 next line (MIME text/plain; format=flowed, RFC 2646). Can be used for | |
4436 continuous formatting. Could use 'autoformat' option, which specifies a | |
4437 regexp which triggers auto-formatting (for one line). | |
4438 ":set autoformat=\\s$". | |
4439 - Be able to redefine where a sentence stops. Use a regexp pattern? | |
169 | 4440 - Support multi-byte characters for sentences. Example from Ben Peterson. |
7 | 4441 7 Add command "g)" to go to the end of a sentence, "g(" to go back to the |
4442 end of a sentence. (Servatius Brandt) | |
4443 - Be able to redefine where a paragraph starts. For "[[" where the '{' is | |
4444 not in column 1. | |
4445 6 Add ":cdprev": go back to the previous directory. Need to remember a | |
4446 stack of previous directories. We also need ":cdnext". | |
4447 7 Should ":cd" for MS-DOS go to $HOME, when it's defined? | |
4448 - Make "gq<CR>" work on the last line in the file. Maybe for every operator? | |
4449 - Add more redirecting of Ex commands: | |
121 | 4450 :redir #> bufname |
4451 :redir #>> bufname (append) | |
162 | 4452 - Give error message when starting :redir: twice or using END when no |
4453 redirection was active. | |
7 | 4454 - Setting of options, specifically for a buffer or window, with |
4455 ":set window.option" or ":set buffer.option=val". Or use ":buffer.set". | |
4456 Also: "buffer.map <F1> quit". | |
4457 6 Would it be possible to change the color of the cursor in the Win32 | |
4458 console? (Klaus Hast) | |
4459 - Add :delcr command: | |
4460 *:delcr* | |
4461 :[range]delcr[!] Check [range] lines (default: whole buffer) for lines | |
4462 ending in <CR>. If all lines end in <CR>, or [!] is | |
4463 used, remove the <CR> at the end of lines in [range]. | |
4464 A CTRL-Z at the end of the file is removed. If | |
4465 [range] is omitted, or it is the whole file, and all | |
4466 lines end in <CR> 'textmode' is set. {not in Vi} | |
4467 - Should integrate addstar() and file_pat_to_reg_pat(). | |
4468 - When working over a serial line with 7 bit characters, remove meta | |
4469 characters from 'isprint'. | |
4470 - Use fchdir() in init_homedir(), like in FullName(). | |
4471 - In win_update(), when the GUI is active, always use the scrolling area. | |
4472 Avoid that the last status line is deleted and needs to be redrawn. | |
4473 - That "cTx" fails when the cursor is just after 'x' is Vi compatible, but | |
4474 may not be what you expect. Add a flag in 'cpoptions' for this? More | |
4475 general: Add an option to allow "c" to work with a null motion. | |
4476 - Give better error messages by using errno (strerror()). | |
4477 - Give "Usage:" error message when command used with wrong arguments (like | |
4478 Nvi). | |
4479 - Make 'restorescreen' option also work for xterm (and others), replaces the | |
4480 SAVE_XTERM_SCREEN define. | |
4481 7 Support for ":winpos" In xterm: report the current window position. | |
4482 - Give warning message when using ":set t_xx=asdf" for a termcap code that | |
4483 Vim doesn't know about. Add flag in 'shortmess'? | |
4484 6 Add ":che <file>", list all the include paths which lead to this file. | |
4485 - For a commandline that has several commands (:s, :d, etc.) summarize the | |
4486 changes all together instead of for each command (e.g. for the rot13 | |
4487 macro). | |
4488 - Add command like "[I" that also shows the tree of included files. | |
4489 - ":set sm^L" results in ":set s", because short names of options are also | |
4490 expanded. Is there a better way to do this? | |
4491 - Add ":@!" command, to ":@" like what ":source!" is to ":source". | |
4492 8 Add ":@:!": repeat last command with forceit set. | |
4493 - Should be possible to write to a device, e.g. ":w! /dev/null". | |
4494 - Add 't_normal': Used whenever t_me, t_se, t_ue or t_Zr is empty. | |
4495 - ":cab map test ^V| je", ":cunab map" doesn't work. This is vi compatible! | |
4496 - CTRL-W CTRL-E and CTRL-W CTRL-Y should move the current window up or down | |
4497 if it is not the first or last window. | |
4498 - Include-file-search commands should look in the loaded buffer of a file (if | |
4499 there is one) instead of the file itself. | |
4500 7 Change 'nrformats' to include the leader for each format. Example: | |
4501 nrformats=hex:$,binary:b,octal:0 | |
4502 Add setting of 'nrformats' to syntax files. | |
4503 - 'path' can become very long, don't use NameBuff for expansion. | |
4504 - When unhiding a hidden buffer, put the same line at top of the window as | |
237 | 4505 the one before hiding it. Or: keep the same relative cursor position (so |
7 | 4506 many percent down the windows). |
4507 - Make it possible for the 'showbreak' to be displayed at the end of the | |
4508 line. Use a comma to separate the part at the end and the start of the | |
4509 line? Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'. | |
4510 - Some string options should be expanded if they have wildcards, e.g. | |
4511 'dictionary' when it is "*.h". | |
4512 - Use a specific type for number and boolean options, making it possible to | |
4513 change it for specific machines (e.g. when a long is 64 bit). | |
4514 - Add option for <Insert> in replace mode going to normal mode. (Nugent) | |
4515 - Add a next/previous possibility to "[^I" and friends. | |
4516 - Add possibility to change the HOME directory. Use the directory from the | |
4517 passwd file? (Antwerpen) | |
4518 8 Add commands to push and pop all or individual options. ":setpush tw", | |
4519 ":setpop tw", ":setpush all". Maybe pushing/popping all options is | |
4520 sufficient. ":setflush" resets the option stack? | |
4521 How to handle an aborted mapping? Remember position in tag stack when | |
4522 mapping starts, restore it when an error aborts the mapping? | |
4523 - Change ":fixdel" into option 'fixdel', t_del will be adjusted each time | |
4524 t_bs is set? (Webb) | |
4525 - "gc": goto character, move absolute character positions forward, also | |
237 | 4526 counting newlines. "gC" goes backwards (Weigert). |
4527 - When doing CTRL-^, redraw buffer with the same topline. (Demirel) Store | |
7 | 4528 cursor row and window height to redraw cursor at same percentage of window |
4529 (Webb). | |
4530 - Besides remembering the last used line number of a file, also remember the | |
237 | 4531 column. Use it with CTRL-^ et. al. |
7 | 4532 - Check for non-digits when setting a number option (careful when entering |
4533 hex codes like 0xff). | |
4534 - Add option to make "." redo the "@r" command, instead of the last command | |
4535 executed by it. Also to make "." redo the whole mapping. Basically: redo | |
4536 the last TYPED command. | |
4537 - Support URL links for ^X^F in Insert mode, like for "gf". | |
4538 - Support %name% expansion for "gf" on Windows. | |
4539 - Make "gf" work on "file://c:/path/name". "file:/c:/" and "file:///c:/" | |
4540 should also work? | |
4541 - Add 'urlpath', used like 'path' for when "gf" used on an URL? | |
4542 8 When using "gf" on an absolute file name, while editing a remote file | |
4543 (starts with scp:// or http://) should prepend the method and machine | |
4544 name. | |
4545 - When finding an URL or file name, and it doesn't exist, try removing a | |
4546 trailing '.'. | |
4547 - Add ":path" command modifier. Should work for every command that takes a | |
4548 file name argument, to search for the file name in 'path'. Use | |
4549 find_file_in_path(). | |
4550 - Highlight control characters on the screen: Shows the difference between | |
4551 CTRL-X and "^" followed by "X" (Colon). | |
4552 - Integrate parsing of cmdline command and parsing for expansion. | |
4553 - Create a program that can translate a .swp file from any machine into a | |
4554 form usable by Vim on the current machine. | |
4555 - Add ":noro" command: Reset 'ro' flag for all buffers, except ones that have | |
237 | 4556 a readonly file. ":noro!" will reset all 'ro' flags. |
7 | 4557 - Add a variant of CTRL-V that stops interpretation of more than one |
4558 character. For entering mappings on the command line where a key contains | |
4559 several special characters, e.g. a trailing newline. | |
237 | 4560 - Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'. Combine |
7 | 4561 the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz) |
4562 - Make '2' option in 'formatoptions' also work inside comments. | |
4563 - Add 's' flag to 'formatoptions': Do not break when inside a string. (Dodt) | |
4564 - When window size changed (with the mouse) and made too small, set it back | |
4565 to the minimal size. | |
4566 - Add "]>" and "[<", shift comment at end of line (command; /* comment */). | |
4567 - Should not call cursorcmd() for each vgetc() in getcmdline(). | |
4568 - ":split file1 file2" adds two more windows (Webb). | |
4569 - Don't give message "Incomplete last line" when editing binary file. | |
4570 - Add ":a", ":i" for preloading of named buffers. | |
4571 - Allow autowrite when doing ":e file" (with an option 'eaw'). | |
4572 - Allow a "+command" argument before each file name in the Vim command line: | |
4573 "vim +123 file1 +234 file2 +345 file3". ??? | |
4574 - When entering text, keep other windows on same buffer updated (when a line | |
4575 entered)? | |
4576 - Check out how screen does output optimizing. Apparently this is possible | |
4577 as an output filter. | |
237 | 4578 - In dosub() regexec is called twice for the same line. Try to avoid this. |
7 | 4579 - Window updating from memline.c: insert/delete/replace line. |
4580 - Optimize ml_append() for speed, esp. for reading a file. | |
4581 - V..c should keep indent when 'ai' is set, just like [count]cc. | |
4582 - Updatescript() can be done faster with a string instead of a char. | |
4583 - Screen updating is inefficient with CTRL-F and CTRL-B when there are long | |
4584 lines. | |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4585 - Uppercase characters in Ex commands can be made lowercase? |
7 | 4586 8 Add option to show characters in text not as "|A" but as decimal ("^129"), |
4587 hex ("\x81") or octal ("\201") or meta (M-x). Nvi has the 'octal' option | |
4588 to switch from hex to octal. Vile can show unprintable characters in hex | |
4589 or in octal. | |
4590 7 Tighter integration with xxd to edit binary files. Make it more | |
4591 easy/obvious to use. Command line argument? | |
237 | 4592 - How does vi detect whether a filter has messed up the screen? Check source. |
7 | 4593 After ":w !command" a wait_return? |
4594 - Improve screen updating code for doput() (use s_ins()). | |
4595 - With 'p' command on last line: scroll screen up (also for terminals without | |
4596 insert line command). | |
4597 - Use insert/delete char when terminal supports it. | |
4598 - Optimize screen redraw for slow terminals. | |
4599 - Optimize "dw" for long row of spaces (say, 30000). | |
4600 - Add "-d null" for editing from a script file without displaying. | |
4601 - In Insert mode: Remember the characters that were removed with backspace | |
4602 and re-insert them one at a time with <key1>, all together with <key2>. | |
237 | 4603 - Amiga: Add possibility to set a keymap. The code in amiga.c does not work |
7 | 4604 yet. |
4605 - Implement 'redraw' option. | |
4606 - Add special code to 'sections' option to define something else but '{' or | |
4607 '}' as the start of a section (e.g. one shiftwidth to the right). | |
4608 7 Allow using Vim in a pipe: "ls | vim -u xxx.vim - | yyy". Only needs | |
4609 implementing ":w" to stdout in the buffer that was read from stdin. | |
231 | 4610 Perhaps writing to stdout will work, since stderr is used for the terminal |
4611 I/O. | |
7 | 4612 8 Allow opening an unnamed buffer with ":e !cmd" and ":sp !cmd". Vile can |
4613 do it. | |
4614 - Add commands like ]] and [[ that do not include the line jumped to. | |
4615 - When :unab without matching "from" part and several matching "to" parts, | |
4616 delete the entry that was used last, instead of the first in the list. | |
4617 - Add text justification option. | |
4618 - Set boolean options on/off with ":set paste=off", ":set paste=on". | |
4619 - After "inv"ing an option show the value: ":set invpaste" gives "paste is | |
4620 off". | |
4621 - Check handling of CTRL-V and '\' for ":" commands that do not have TRLBAR. | |
4622 - When a file cannot be opened but does exist, give error message. | |
4623 - Amiga: When 'r' protection bit is not set, file can still be opened but | |
237 | 4624 gives read errors. Check protection before opening. |
7 | 4625 - When writing check for file exists but no permission, "Permission denied". |
2207
b17bbfa96fa0
Add the settabvar() and gettabvar() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2206
diff
changeset
|
4626 - If file does not exist, check if directory exists. |
7 | 4627 - MSDOS: although t_cv and t_ci are not set, do invert char under cursor. |
4628 - Settings edit mode: make file with ":set opt=xx", edit it, parse it as ex | |
4629 commands. | |
4630 - ":set -w all": list one option per line. | |
4631 - Amiga: test for 'w' flag when reading a file. | |
4632 - :table command (Webb) | |
4633 - Add new operator: clear, make area white (replace with spaces): "g ". | |
4634 - Add command to ":read" a file at a certain column (blockwise read?). | |
4635 - Add sort of replace mode where case is taken from the old text (Goldfarb). | |
4636 - Allow multiple arguments for ":read", read all the files. | |
4637 - Support for tabs in specific columns: ":set tabcol=8,20,34,56" (Demirel). | |
4638 - Add 'searchdir' option: Directories to search for file name being edited | |
4639 (Demirel). | |
4640 - Modifier for the put command: Change to linewise, charwise, blockwise, etc. | |
4641 - Add commands for saving and restoring options ":set save" "set restore", | |
4642 for use in macro's and the like. | |
4643 - Keep output from listings in a window, so you can have a look at it while | |
237 | 4644 working in another window. Put cmdline in a separate window? |
2033
de5a43c5eedc
Update documentation files.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1702
diff
changeset
|
4645 - Add possibility to put output of Ex commands in a buffer or file, e.g. for |
7 | 4646 ":set all". ":r :set all"? |
4647 - 'edit' option: When off changing the buffer is not possible (Really | |
4648 read-only mode). | |
4649 - When the 'equalalways' option is set, creating a new window should not | |
237 | 4650 result in windows to become bigger. Deleting a window should not result in |
7 | 4651 a window to become smaller (Webb). |
4652 - When resizing the whole Vim window, the windows inside should be resized | |
4653 proportionally (Webb). | |
237 | 4654 - Include options directly in option table, no indirect pointers. Use |
7 | 4655 mkopttab to make option table? |
4656 - When doing ":w dir", where "dir" is a directory name, write the current | |
4657 file into that directory, with the current file name (without the path)? | |
4658 - Support for 'dictionary's that are sorted, makes access a lot faster | |
4659 (Haritsis). | |
237 | 4660 - Add "^Vrx" on the command line, replace with contents of register x. Used |
7 | 4661 instead of CTRL-R to make repeating possible. (Marinichev) |
4662 - Add "^Vb" on the command line, replace with word before or under the | |
4663 cursor? | |
4664 - Option to make a .swp file only when a change is made (Templeton). | |
4665 - Support mapping for replace mode and "r" command (Vi doesn't do this)? | |
4666 5 Add 'ignorefilecase' option: Ignore case when expanding file names. | |
4667 ":e ma<Tab>" would also find "Makefile" on Unix. | |
9 | 4668 8 Sorting of filenames for completion is wrong on systems that ignore |
4669 case of filenames. Add 'ignorefncase' option. When set, case in | |
4670 filenames is ignored for sorting them. Patch by Mike Williams: | |
4671 ~/vim/patches/ignorefncase. Also change what matches? Or use another | |
4672 option name. | |
7 | 4673 8 Should be able to compile Vim in another directory, with $(srcdir) set to |
4674 where the sources are. Add $(srcdir) in the Makefile in a lot of places. | |
4675 (Netherton) | |
4676 6 Make it configurable when "J" inserts a space or not. Should not add a | |
4677 space after "(", for example. | |
4678 5 When inserting spaces after the end-of-line for 'virtualedit', use tabs | |
4679 when the user wants this (e.g., add a "tab" field to 'virtualedit'). | |
4680 (Servatius Brandt) | |
4681 | |
4682 | |
4683 From Elvis: | |
4684 - Use "instman.sh" to install manpages? | |
4685 - Add ":alias" command. | |
4686 - Search patterns: | |
4687 \@ match word under cursor. | |
4688 but do: | |
4689 \@w match the word under the cursor? | |
4690 \@W match the WORD under the cursor? | |
4691 8 ":window" command: | |
4692 :win + next window (up) | |
4693 :win ++ idem, wrapping | |
4694 :win - previous window (down) | |
4695 :win -- idem, wrapping | |
4696 :win nr to window number "nr" | |
4697 :win name to window editing buffer "name" | |
4698 7 ":cc" compiles a single file (default: current one). 'ccprg' option is | |
4699 program to use with ":cc". Use ":compile" instead of ":cc"? | |
4700 | |
4701 | |
4702 From xvi: | |
4703 - CTRL-_ : swap 8th bit of character. | |
4704 - Add egrep-like regex type, like xvi (Ned Konz) or Perl (Emmanuel Mogenet) | |
4705 | |
4706 | |
4707 From vile: | |
4708 - When horizontal scrolling, use '>' for lines continuing right of a window. | |
4709 - Support putting .swp files in /tmp: Command in rc.local to move .swp files | |
4710 from /tmp to some directory before deleting files. | |
4711 | |
4712 | |
4713 Far future and "big" extensions: | |
541 | 4714 - Instead of using a Makefile and autoconf, use a simple shell script to |
4715 find the C compiler and do everything with C code. Translate something | |
4716 like an Aap recipe and configure.in to C. Avoids depending on Python, | |
4717 thus will work everywhere. With batch file to find the C compiler it | |
4718 would also work on MS-Windows. | |
7 | 4719 - Make it easy to setup Vim for groups of users: novice vi users, novice |
4720 Vim users, C programmers, xterm users, GUI users,... | |
4721 - Change layout of blocks in swap file: Text at the start, with '\n' in | |
4722 between lines (just load the file without changes, except for Mac). | |
4723 Indexes for lines are from the end of the block backwards. It's the | |
4724 current layout mirrored. | |
4725 - Make it possible to edit a register, in a window, like a buffer. | |
4726 - Add stuff to syntax highlighting to change the text (upper-case keywords, | |
4727 set indent, define other highlighting, etc.). | |
4728 - Mode to keep C-code formatted all the time (sort of on-line indent). | |
4729 - Several top-level windows in one Vim session. Be able to use a different | |
4730 font in each top-level window. | |
4731 - Allow editing above start and below end of buffer (flag in 'virtualedit'). | |
4732 - Smart cut/paste: recognize words and adjust spaces before/after them. | |
4733 - Add open mode, use it when terminal has no cursor positioning. | |
4734 - Special "drawing mode": a line is drawn where the cursor is moved to. | |
4735 Backspace deletes along the line (from jvim). | |
4736 - Implement ":Bset", set option in all buffers. Also ":Wset", set in all | |
4737 windows, ":Aset, set in all arguments and ":Tset", set in all files | |
4738 mentioned in the tags file. | |
4739 Add buffer/arg range, like in ":2,5B%s/..." (do we really need this???) | |
4740 Add search string: "B/*.c/%s/.."? Or ":F/*.c/%s/.."? | |
4741 - Support for underlining (underscore-BS-char), bold (char-BS-char) and other | |
4742 standout modes switched on/off with , 'overstrike' option (Reiter). | |
4743 - Add vertical mode (Paul Jury, Demirel): "5vdw" deletes a word in five | |
4744 lines, "3vitextESC" will insert "text" in three lines, etc.. | |
4745 4 Recognize l, #, p as 'flags' to EX commands: | |
4746 :g/RE/#l shall print lines with line numbers and in list format. | |
4747 :g/RE/dp shall print lines that are deleted. | |
4748 POSIX: Commands where flags shall apply to all lines written: list, | |
237 | 4749 number, open, print, substitute, visual, &, z. For other commands, flags |
7 | 4750 shall apply to the current line after the command completes. Examples: |
4751 :7,10j #l Join the lines 7-10 and print the result in list | |
4752 - Allow two or more users to edit the same file at the same time. Changes | |
4753 are reflected in each Vim immediately. Could work with local files but | |
4754 also over the internet. See http://www.codingmonkeys.de/subethaedit/. | |
4755 | |
648 | 4756 When using "do" or ":diffget" in a buffer with changes in every line an extra |
4757 empty line would appear. | |
7 | 4758 |
4759 vim:tw=78:sw=4:sts=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: | |
4760 vim: set fo+=n : |